prm_transm_param.pdf

LTE Radio Access, Rel. RL40, Operating Documentation, Issue 01

Transmission Parameters

DN0944234

Issue 04BApproval Date 2012-11-05

Confidential

Nokia Siemens Networks is continually striving to reduce the adverse environmental effects of its products and services. We would like to encourage you as our customers and users to join us in working towards a cleaner, safer environment. Please recycle product packaging and follow the recommendations for power use and proper disposal of our products and their compo-nents.

If you should have questions regarding our Environmental Policy or any of the environmental services we offer, please contact us at Nokia Siemens Networks for any additional information.

2 DN0944234


Id:0900d80580967744Confidential

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation.

The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document.

Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTA-TION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDI-RECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT.

This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.

The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.

Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.

Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2012. All rights reserved

f Important Notice on Product SafetyThis product may present safety risks due to laser, electricity, heat, and other sources of danger.

Only trained and qualified personnel may install, operate, maintain or otherwise handle this product and only after having carefully read the safety information applicable to this product.

The safety information is provided in the Safety Information section in the “Legal, Safety and Environmental Information” part of this document or documentation set.

The same text in German:

f Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit Von diesem Produkt können Gefahren durch Laser, Elektrizität, Hitzeentwicklung oder andere Gefahrenquellen ausgehen.

Installation, Betrieb, Wartung und sonstige Handhabung des Produktes darf nur durch geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal unter Beachtung der anwendbaren Sicherheits-anforderungen erfolgen.

Die Sicherheitsanforderungen finden Sie unter „Sicherheitshinweise“ im Teil „Legal, Safety and Environmental Information“ dieses Dokuments oder dieses Dokumentations-satzes.

DN0944234 3



Table of contentsThis document has 346 pages.

1 Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.1 Changes between issues 04A DRAFT (2012-07-25) and 04B (2012-11-05)

191.1.1 Changed parameters in Issue 04B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.1.1.1 IPNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.1.1.2 IPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.1.1.3 LTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.1.1.4 Multiple Managed Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.2 Changes between issues 04 DRAFT (2011-12-16) and 04A DRAFT (2012-

07-25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2.1 New parameters in Issue 04A DRAFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2.1.1 PMTNL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2.2 Changed parameters in Issue 04A DRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2.2.1 BFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2.2.2 BFDGRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261.2.2.3 CERTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261.2.2.4 ETHLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271.2.2.5 IDNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321.2.2.6 IEIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321.2.2.7 IPNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341.2.2.8 IPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391.2.2.9 IVIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391.2.2.10 L2SWI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401.2.2.11 LTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411.2.2.12 OAMMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421.2.2.13 OAMMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431.2.2.14 OAMMEP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441.2.2.15 OAMPRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481.2.2.16 PMTNL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531.2.2.17 QOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551.2.2.18 STPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551.2.2.19 TAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561.2.2.20 TOPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561.2.2.21 TOPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571.2.2.22 TOPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581.2.2.23 TWAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601.2.2.24 UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

2 Introduction to Transmission parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

3 AMGR Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663.1 amgrId (Account manager identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663.2 ldapConnectionType (LDAP Server TLS access mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . 663.3 primaryLdapPort (Port number of the primary LDAP server). . . . . . . . . 673.4 primaryLdapServer (IP address of the primary LDAP server) . . . . . . . . 68

4 DN0944234



4 BFD Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704.1 bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704.2 bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714.3 bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session) . . . . . . . 724.4 bfdDetectMult (BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier) . . . . 734.5 bfdGrp (BFD group reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744.6 bfdId (BFD session identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754.7 bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session) . . . . . . . . . . 754.8 bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session) . . . . . . . . . . . 764.9 bfdType (BFD session type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774.10 desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval) . . . 784.11 reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval) . . . 79

5 BFDGRP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815.1 bfdGrpId (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

6 CERTH Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826.1 btsCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for BTS certificate renewal) . . . 826.2 caCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for CA certificate renewal) . . . . 826.3 caSubjectName (CMP server subject name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836.4 certhId (Certificate Handler configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.5 cmpServerIpAddress (CMP server IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856.6 cmpServerPort (CMP server port number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866.7 crlUpdatePeriod (Certificate Revocation List update period) . . . . . . . . . 87

7 ETHLK Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.1 acceptableFrameTypes (Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are dis-

carded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.2 administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link interface) . 897.3 ethLinkId (Ethernet link interface identifier). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917.4 l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937.5 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate) . . . . . . . . . 947.6 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate) . . . . . . . . . 977.7 l2VlanIdList (Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list) . . . . . . . . . . 1007.8 highValue (Upper value of VLAN identifier range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017.9 lowValue (Low value of VLAN identifier range). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027.10 linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037.11 linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047.12 macAddr (MAC address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057.13 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067.14 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching) . . . . . 1077.15 speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

8 FTM Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.1 ftmId (Transport module identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.2 locationName (Network element location name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108.3 softwareReleaseVersion (Software Release Version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.4 systemTitle (Network element system name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128.5 userLabel (Network element user defined description). . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

DN0944234 5



9 IDNS Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159.1 dnsAccessId (DNS servers access configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . 1159.2 serverIpAddress (IP address of the primary DNS server) . . . . . . . . . . 1159.3 serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server) . . . . . . . 116

10 IEIF Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11810.1 ethIfNetId (Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface) . . . . . . . . . . . 11810.2 localIpAddr (IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface). . . . . 11810.3 mtu (Maximum transfer unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11910.4 netmask (Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network interface) . . . . . 12010.5 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12110.6 sbs (Shaper burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12210.7 sbsTotal (Total Shaper Burst Size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12310.8 sir (Shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12310.9 sirTotal (Total shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12410.10 trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag) . . . . . 12510.11 upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)

12610.12 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight). . . . . . . . . . 127

11 IHCP Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12911.1 client_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a system name)

12911.2 dhcpClientIdentifier (DHCP Client Identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13011.3 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13011.4 dhcpAccessId (DHCP Server Identifier). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13111.5 hardware_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC ad-

dress) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13211.6 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13311.7 dhcpHardwareIdentifier (DHCP Hardware Identifier). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13411.8 range_identifier (DHCP IP address pool). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13511.9 dhcpRangeEnd (DHCP Range End IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13611.10 dhcpRangeStart (DHCP Range Start IP Address). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

12 INTP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13812.1 ntpAccessId (NTP configuration entity identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13812.2 ntpServers (List of NTP server IP addresses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

13 IPNO Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14013.1 actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing) 14013.2 actIpTnlMeasure (Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Measure-

ment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14113.3 bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protection)

14213.4 btsId (Base station identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14213.5 cPlaneIpAddress (Control plane IP address). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14313.6 disableFtp (Disable FTP server) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14413.7 ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14513.8 ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address) . . . 14613.9 icmpResponseEnabled (Enable response to ICMP traffic) . . . . . . . . . 147

6 DN0944234



13.10 ipNodeId (IP node configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14813.11 linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling

flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14813.12 mPlaneIpAddress (Management plane IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14913.13 oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system) . . . . . 15013.14 oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15113.15 omsTls (TLS usage towards the OPS system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15213.16 sPlaneIpAddress (Synchronization plane application IP address) . . . . 15313.17 secOmsIpAddr (Secondary OMS IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15413.18 servingOms (Serving OMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15513.19 servingOmsAdminSetting (Serving OMS administrative setting) . . . . . 15613.20 servingOmsSwoRequest (Serving OMS switchover request). . . . . . . . 15713.21 twampFlag (TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator) . . . . . . . . . 15913.22 twampIpAddress (TWAMP application or IP interface address) . . . . . . 16013.23 twampReflFlag (TWAMP message response enabling flag) . . . . . . . . 16113.24 udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16113.25 twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages) . . 16213.26 twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16313.27 uPlaneIpAddress (User plane IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16413.28 wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM

messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

14 IPRM Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16714.1 RmExceptions (Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list)) . . . . . 16714.2 sourceTwoDiscr (How is source two defined?). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16814.3 sourceTwoIpAddr (IP address for source two) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16914.4 sourceTwoNetMask (Subnet mask for source two IP address) . . . . . . 17014.5 userLabel (User Label) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17114.6 iprmId (IP Restricted Mode object identifier). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

15 IPRT Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17315.1 ipRoutingTableId (Identifier of the IP routing table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17315.2 staticRoutes (Static IP routes set). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17315.3 bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17415.4 destIpAddr (Destination IP address of static route) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17515.5 gateway (Gateway) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17615.6 netmask (Netmask). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17715.7 preference (Preference value of the route) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

16 IPSECC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17916.1 ipSecEnabled (IPSec enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17916.2 ipSeccId (IPsec configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17916.3 securityPolicies (Security policies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18016.4 antiReplayEnabled (Anti replay enabled flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18116.5 antiReplayWindowSize (Size of the anti replay window) . . . . . . . . . . . 18216.6 authentication (Authentication method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18316.7 dpddelay (DPD alarm raising delay time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18416.8 dpdtimeout (DPD timeout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18516.9 encryptionMethod (ESP encryption algorithm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

DN0944234 7



16.10 ikeEncryptionMethod (IKE layer encryption method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18716.11 ikeProtocol (IKE protocol variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18816.12 ipSecStatus (IPsec action status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18916.13 localIpAddress (Local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19016.14 localIpPort (Port number of the local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19116.15 localNetmask (Subnet mask for local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19216.16 localTunnelEndpoint (Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address). . . . . . 19416.17 policyNumber (Policy order number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19416.18 protocol (Protocol information). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19516.19 remoteIpAddress (Remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19616.20 remoteIpPort (Port of the remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19816.21 remoteNetmask (Subnet mask for remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . 19916.22 remoteTunnelEndpoint (Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address). . 20016.23 saMaxLifeTime (Security association maximum lifetime) . . . . . . . . . . 200

17 IVIF Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20217.1 localIpAddr (Local IP address of the VLAN interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20217.2 netmask (Network mask of the local IP address). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20217.3 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20317.4 sbs (Shaper burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20417.5 sir (Shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20517.6 vlanId (VLAN identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20617.7 vlanIfNetId (VLAN interface object identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20717.8 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight). . . . . . . . . . 207

18 L2SWI Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20918.1 dscpMap (DSCP to priority queue map) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20918.2 dscp (DSCP value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21018.3 priorityQueue (Priority queue identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21118.4 enableLayer2Switching (Enable layer 2 switching) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21218.5 l2PriorityQueueWeight2 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue

2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21318.6 l2PriorityQueueWeight3 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue




6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21618.10 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21718.11 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching). . . . . 21818.12 priorityQueueNonIP (Priority queue for non-IP frames) . . . . . . . . . . . . 21918.13 priorityQueuePcp0 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 0). 22018.14 priorityQueuePcp1 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 1). 22118.15 priorityQueuePcp2 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 2). 22318.16 priorityQueuePcp3 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 3). 22418.17 priorityQueuePcp4 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 4). 22518.18 priorityQueuePcp5 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 5). 226

8 DN0944234



18.19 priorityQueuePcp6 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 6) . 22718.20 priorityQueuePcp7 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 7) . 22818.21 priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames) . . . . . . . 22918.22 qosClassification (QOS classification flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23018.23 switchId (Identifier of the layer 2 switch object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23118.24 vlanAwareSwitch (Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used) . . 232

19 LTAC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23419.1 ltacId (LTAC identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23419.2 qci2AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2) . . . . . . . . . 23419.3 qci3AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 3) . . . . . . . . . 23519.4 qci4AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 4) . . . . . . . . . 23619.5 tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23719.6 tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23819.7 tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23819.8 tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23919.9 tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

20 OAMMA Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24220.1 assocId (Maintenance association identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24220.2 maName (Name of the maintenance association) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24220.3 vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association) . . . . . . . . . . . 243

21 OAMMD Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24521.1 domainId (Maintenance domain identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24521.2 mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24521.3 mdName (Name of the maintenance domain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

22 OAMMEP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24822.1 aisEnabled (AIS message transmission enabling flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . 24822.2 aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24822.3 ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period) . . . . . 24922.4 enableCcm (Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM counters) .

25122.5 ethernetPort (Ethernet link reference). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25222.6 oammepId (Maintenance association endpoint identifier). . . . . . . . . . . 25322.7 remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list) . . . . . . . . . . . 25322.8 macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point) . . 25422.9 mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25522.10 vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

23 OAMPRF Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25823.1 activeMode (Link OAM operational mode at local peer) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25823.2 alarmClearanceDelay (Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clearance de-

lay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25923.3 efEventThreshold (Errored Frame Event counting threshold) . . . . . . . 26023.4 efEventWindow (Errored Frame Event counting interval) . . . . . . . . . . . 26123.5 efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold) . 26223.6 efpEventWindow (Errored Frame Period Event counting interval) . . . . 263

DN0944234 9



23.7 efssEventThreshold (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

23.8 efssEventWindow (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting in-terval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

23.9 eventRepetition (OAM PDU message transmission rate) . . . . . . . . . . 26623.10 eventSupport (Link OAM event support flag). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26723.11 linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26723.12 loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26823.13 profileId (Profile instance identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26923.14 testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate) . . . . . . . . . . . 27023.15 testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size) . . . . . . 271

24 PMTNL Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27324.1 lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval) . .

27324.2 lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval (Ethernet link measurement interval) . . . . 27424.3 lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27524.4 lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement interval) . . . . . . . . 27624.5 lte_IP_Stats_Interval (IP statistics measurement interval). . . . . . . . . . 27724.6 lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval (L2 switch statistics measurement interval) 27824.7 lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval). . . . . . 27924.8 lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval (TAC statistics measurement interval). . . 28124.9 lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statistics measure-

ment interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28224.10 lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync statistics measure-

ment interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28324.11 lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measurement interval) 28424.12 lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval (VLAN IP statistics measurement interval). .

28524.13 lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval (VLAN PHB statistics measurement inter-

val) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28724.14 lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval (VLAN IF statistics measurement interval) . 28824.15 pmTnlId (Identifier of the performance management configuration) . . 289

25 PPTT Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29125.1 administrativeState (Administrative state) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29125.2 pdhLbo (PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenuation)) . . . . . . . . 29225.3 pdhLineType (PDH line type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29325.4 pdhPSTTPId (PDH interface identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

26 QOS Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29626.1 dscpMap (Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and PCP bits) . . . . . . . 29626.2 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29726.3 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29726.4 vlanPrio (VLAN priority bits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29926.5 enablePhbCounters (PHB counters enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30026.6 perHopBehaviourWeightList (Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list). . 30126.7 assuredForwardingClass1 (Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight Value) .

302

10 DN0944234



26.8 assuredForwardingClass2 (Assured Forwarding Class 2 Weight Value) . .302



26.11 bestEffort (Best Effort Weight Value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30526.12 qosId (Quality of Service configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30626.13 sseDscpOverwrite (Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages) . . . . . . . . . . . 30726.14 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs) . . . . . . . . 30726.15 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30926.16 trafficType (Traffic type name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

27 STPG Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31227.1 synchroSourceList (The synchronization sources of the BTS) . . . . . . . 31227.2 clockProtocol (Protocol of the clock source) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31327.3 interfaceNumber (Interface number of recovered clock source). . . . . . 31427.4 priority (Clock source priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31527.5 ssmEnabled (SSM enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31627.6 ssmTimeout (SSM message timeout). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31727.7 unitNumber (Unit Number of clock source interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31827.8 timingGenPgId (Synchronisation protection group identifier) . . . . . . . . 319

28 SYNC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32028.1 syncId (Clock synchronization configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

29 TAC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32129.1 tacId (TAC identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

30 TOPB Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32230.1 topbId (Time over Packet common configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . 322

31 TOPF Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32331.1 actTopFreqSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchronization)

32331.2 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32331.3 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32431.4 topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . 325

32 TOPP Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32732.1 actTopPhaseSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase synchroniza-

tion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32732.2 logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32732.3 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync) 32832.4 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32932.5 topComMode (ToP communication mode selector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33032.6 topEif (ToP Ethernet interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33132.7 toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identifier) . . . . . . . 332

33 TWAMP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33433.1 administrativeState (Lock or unlock a TWAMP session) . . . . . . . . . . . 33433.2 destIpAddress (TWAMP session destination IP address) . . . . . . . . . . 335

DN0944234 11



33.3 destPort (TWAMP session destination port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33633.4 dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . 33633.5 messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33733.6 plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . 33833.7 rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33933.8 sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address) . . . 34033.9 twampId (TWAMP session identifier). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

34 UNIT Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34334.1 enableRP301Interface (Enable RP3-01 interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34334.2 unitId (UNIT identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34334.3 unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34434.4 unitTypeExpected (Expected hardware unit type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

12 DN0944234



List of tablesTable 1 amgrId (Account manager identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Table 2 ldapConnectionType (LDAP Server TLS access mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Table 3 primaryLdapPort (Port number of the primary LDAP server) . . . . . . . . . 67Table 4 primaryLdapServer (IP address of the primary LDAP server) . . . . . . . . 68Table 5 bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Table 6 bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Table 7 bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session) . . . . . . . 72Table 8 bfdDetectMult (BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier) . . . 73Table 9 bfdGrp (BFD group reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Table 10 bfdId (BFD session identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Table 11 bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session) . . . . . . . . . 75Table 12 bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session) . . . . . . . . . . 76Table 13 bfdType (BFD session type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Table 14 desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval) . . . 78Table 15 reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval) . . 79Table 16 bfdGrpId (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Table 17 btsCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for BTS certificate renewal) . . 82Table 18 caCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for CA certificate renewal) . . . . 82Table 19 caSubjectName (CMP server subject name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Table 20 certhId (Certificate Handler configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Table 21 cmpServerIpAddress (CMP server IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Table 22 cmpServerPort (CMP server port number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Table 23 crlUpdatePeriod (Certificate Revocation List update period) . . . . . . . . . 87Table 24 acceptableFrameTypes (Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are

discarded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Table 25 administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link interface) 89Table 26 ethLinkId (Ethernet link interface identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Table 27 l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Table 28 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate) . . . . . . . . 94Table 29 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate) . . . . . . . . 97Table 30 l2VlanIdList (Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list) . . . . . . . . . . 100Table 31 highValue (Upper value of VLAN identifier range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Table 32 lowValue (Low value of VLAN identifier range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Table 33 linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Table 34 linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Table 35 macAddr (MAC address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Table 36 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Table 37 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching) . . . . . 107Table 38 speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Table 39 ftmId (Transport module identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Table 40 locationName (Network element location name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Table 41 softwareReleaseVersion (Software Release Version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Table 42 systemTitle (Network element system name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Table 43 userLabel (Network element user defined description) . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Table 44 dnsAccessId (DNS servers access configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . 115Table 45 serverIpAddress (IP address of the primary DNS server) . . . . . . . . . . 115

DN0944234 13



Table 46 serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server) . . . . . . 116Table 47 ethIfNetId (Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface) . . . . . . . . . . . 118Table 48 localIpAddr (IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface) . . . . 118Table 49 mtu (Maximum transfer unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Table 50 netmask (Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network interface) . . . . 120Table 51 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Table 52 sbs (Shaper burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Table 53 sbsTotal (Total Shaper Burst Size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Table 54 sir (Shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Table 55 sirTotal (Total shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Table 56 trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag) . . . . 125Table 57 upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)

126Table 58 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight) . . . . . . . . . 127Table 59 client_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a system name)

129Table 60 dhcpClientIdentifier (DHCP Client Identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Table 61 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Table 62 dhcpAccessId (DHCP Server Identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Table 63 hardware_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC

address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Table 64 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Table 65 dhcpHardwareIdentifier (DHCP Hardware Identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Table 66 range_identifier (DHCP IP address pool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Table 67 dhcpRangeEnd (DHCP Range End IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Table 68 dhcpRangeStart (DHCP Range Start IP Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Table 69 ntpAccessId (NTP configuration entity identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Table 70 ntpServers (List of NTP server IP addresses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Table 71 actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing) 140Table 72 actIpTnlMeasure (Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network

Measurement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Table 73 bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protection)

142Table 74 btsId (Base station identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Table 75 cPlaneIpAddress (Control plane IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Table 76 disableFtp (Disable FTP server) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Table 77 ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Table 78 ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address) . . 146Table 79 icmpResponseEnabled (Enable response to ICMP traffic) . . . . . . . . . 147Table 80 ipNodeId (IP node configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Table 81 linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling

flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Table 82 mPlaneIpAddress (Management plane IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Table 83 oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system) . . . . 150Table 84 oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Table 85 omsTls (TLS usage towards the OPS system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Table 86 sPlaneIpAddress (Synchronization plane application IP address) . . . 153Table 87 secOmsIpAddr (Secondary OMS IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

14 DN0944234



Table 88 servingOms (Serving OMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Table 89 servingOmsAdminSetting (Serving OMS administrative setting) . . . . . 156Table 90 servingOmsSwoRequest (Serving OMS switchover request) . . . . . . . 157Table 91 twampFlag (TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator) . . . . . . . . 159Table 92 twampIpAddress (TWAMP application or IP interface address) . . . . . 160Table 93 twampReflFlag (TWAMP message response enabling flag) . . . . . . . . 161Table 94 udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Table 95 twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages) . . 162Table 96 twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Table 97 uPlaneIpAddress (User plane IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Table 98 wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM

messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Table 99 RmExceptions (Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list)) . . . . 167Table 100 sourceTwoDiscr (How is source two defined?) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Table 101 sourceTwoIpAddr (IP address for source two) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Table 102 sourceTwoNetMask (Subnet mask for source two IP address) . . . . . . 170Table 103 userLabel (User Label) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Table 104 iprmId (IP Restricted Mode object identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Table 105 ipRoutingTableId (Identifier of the IP routing table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Table 106 staticRoutes (Static IP routes set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Table 107 bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Table 108 destIpAddr (Destination IP address of static route) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Table 109 gateway (Gateway) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Table 110 netmask (Netmask) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Table 111 preference (Preference value of the route) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Table 112 ipSecEnabled (IPSec enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Table 113 ipSeccId (IPsec configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Table 114 securityPolicies (Security policies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Table 115 antiReplayEnabled (Anti replay enabled flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Table 116 antiReplayWindowSize (Size of the anti replay window) . . . . . . . . . . . 182Table 117 authentication (Authentication method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Table 118 dpddelay (DPD alarm raising delay time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Table 119 dpdtimeout (DPD timeout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Table 120 encryptionMethod (ESP encryption algorithm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Table 121 ikeEncryptionMethod (IKE layer encryption method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Table 122 ikeProtocol (IKE protocol variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Table 123 ipSecStatus (IPsec action status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Table 124 localIpAddress (Local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Table 125 localIpPort (Port number of the local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Table 126 localNetmask (Subnet mask for local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Table 127 localTunnelEndpoint (Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address) . . . . . . 194Table 128 policyNumber (Policy order number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Table 129 protocol (Protocol information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Table 130 remoteIpAddress (Remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Table 131 remoteIpPort (Port of the remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Table 132 remoteNetmask (Subnet mask for remote IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Table 133 remoteTunnelEndpoint (Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address) . . 200

DN0944234 15



Table 134 saMaxLifeTime (Security association maximum lifetime) . . . . . . . . . . 200Table 135 localIpAddr (Local IP address of the VLAN interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Table 136 netmask (Network mask of the local IP address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Table 137 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Table 138 sbs (Shaper burst size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Table 139 sir (Shaper information rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Table 140 vlanId (VLAN identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Table 141 vlanIfNetId (VLAN interface object identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Table 142 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight) . . . . . . . . . 207Table 143 dscpMap (DSCP to priority queue map) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Table 144 dscp (DSCP value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Table 145 priorityQueue (Priority queue identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Table 146 enableLayer2Switching (Enable layer 2 switching) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Table 147 l2PriorityQueueWeight2 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue

2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Table 148 l2PriorityQueueWeight3 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue




6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Table 152 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Table 153 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching) . . . . 218Table 154 priorityQueueNonIP (Priority queue for non-IP frames) . . . . . . . . . . . 219Table 155 priorityQueuePcp0 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 0) 220Table 156 priorityQueuePcp1 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 1) 221Table 157 priorityQueuePcp2 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 2) 223Table 158 priorityQueuePcp3 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 3) 224Table 159 priorityQueuePcp4 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 4) 225Table 160 priorityQueuePcp5 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 5) 226Table 161 priorityQueuePcp6 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 6) 227Table 162 priorityQueuePcp7 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 7) 228Table 163 priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames) . . . . . . 229Table 164 qosClassification (QOS classification flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Table 165 switchId (Identifier of the layer 2 switch object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Table 166 vlanAwareSwitch (Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used) . 232Table 167 ltacId (LTAC identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Table 168 qci2AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2) . . . . . . . . 234Table 169 qci3AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 3) . . . . . . . . 235Table 170 qci4AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 4) . . . . . . . . 236Table 171 tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Table 172 tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Table 173 tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Table 174 tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Table 175 tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Table 176 assocId (Maintenance association identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

16 DN0944234



Table 177 maName (Name of the maintenance association) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Table 178 vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association) . . . . . . . . . . . 243Table 179 domainId (Maintenance domain identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Table 180 mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Table 181 mdName (Name of the maintenance domain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Table 182 aisEnabled (AIS message transmission enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Table 183 aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Table 184 ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period) . . . . 249Table 185 enableCcm (Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM counters) .

251Table 186 ethernetPort (Ethernet link reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Table 187 oammepId (Maintenance association endpoint identifier) . . . . . . . . . . 253Table 188 remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list) . . . . . . . . . . 253Table 189 macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point) . 254Table 190 mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Table 191 vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Table 192 activeMode (Link OAM operational mode at local peer) . . . . . . . . . . . 258Table 193 alarmClearanceDelay (Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clearance

delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Table 194 efEventThreshold (Errored Frame Event counting threshold) . . . . . . . 260Table 195 efEventWindow (Errored Frame Event counting interval) . . . . . . . . . . 261Table 196 efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold) 262Table 197 efpEventWindow (Errored Frame Period Event counting interval) . . . 263Table 198 efssEventThreshold (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting

threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Table 199 efssEventWindow (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting

interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Table 200 eventRepetition (OAM PDU message transmission rate) . . . . . . . . . . 266Table 201 eventSupport (Link OAM event support flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Table 202 linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Table 203 loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Table 204 profileId (Profile instance identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Table 205 testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate) . . . . . . . . . . . 270Table 206 testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size) . . . . . . 271Table 207 lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval) . .

273Table 208 lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval (Ethernet link measurement interval) . . . . 274Table 209 lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Table 210 lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement interval) . . . . . . . . 276Table 211 lte_IP_Stats_Interval (IP statistics measurement interval) . . . . . . . . . . 277Table 212 lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval (L2 switch statistics measurement interval) 278Table 213 lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval) . . . . . . 279Table 214 lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval (TAC statistics measurement interval) . . . 281Table 215 lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statistics measure-

ment interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Table 216 lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync statistics measure-

ment interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Table 217 lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measurement interval) . . .

DN0944234 17



284Table 218 lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval (VLAN IP statistics measurement interval) .

285Table 219 lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval (VLAN PHB statistics measurement

interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Table 220 lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval (VLAN IF statistics measurement interval) . 288Table 221 pmTnlId (Identifier of the performance management configuration) . . 289Table 222 administrativeState (Administrative state) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Table 223 pdhLbo (PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenuation)) . . . . . . . 292Table 224 pdhLineType (PDH line type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Table 225 pdhPSTTPId (PDH interface identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Table 226 dscpMap (Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and PCP bits) . . . . . . 296Table 227 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Table 228 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Table 229 vlanPrio (VLAN priority bits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Table 230 enablePhbCounters (PHB counters enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Table 231 perHopBehaviourWeightList (Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list) . 301Table 232 assuredForwardingClass1 (Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight Value) .

302Table 233 assuredForwardingClass2 (Assured Forwarding Class 2 Weight Value) .



304Table 236 bestEffort (Best Effort Weight Value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Table 237 qosId (Quality of Service configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Table 238 sseDscpOverwrite (Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages) . . . . . . . . . . 307Table 239 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs) . . . . . . . 307Table 240 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Table 241 trafficType (Traffic type name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Table 242 synchroSourceList (The synchronization sources of the BTS) . . . . . . 312Table 243 clockProtocol (Protocol of the clock source) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Table 244 interfaceNumber (Interface number of recovered clock source) . . . . . 314Table 245 priority (Clock source priority) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Table 246 ssmEnabled (SSM enabling flag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Table 247 ssmTimeout (SSM message timeout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Table 248 unitNumber (Unit Number of clock source interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Table 249 timingGenPgId (Synchronisation protection group identifier) . . . . . . . 319Table 250 syncId (Clock synchronization configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Table 251 tacId (TAC identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Table 252 topbId (Time over Packet common configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . 322Table 253 actTopFreqSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchronization)

323Table 254 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value) . . . . . . . . . . . 323Table 255 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Table 256 topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier) . . . . . . . . . 325Table 257 actTopPhaseSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase

18 DN0944234



synchronization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Table 258 logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Table 259 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync) . . .

328Table 260 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Table 261 topComMode (ToP communication mode selector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Table 262 topEif (ToP Ethernet interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Table 263 toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identifier) . . . . . . 332Table 264 administrativeState (Lock or unlock a TWAMP session) . . . . . . . . . . . 334Table 265 destIpAddress (TWAMP session destination IP address) . . . . . . . . . . 335Table 266 destPort (TWAMP session destination port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Table 267 dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . 336Table 268 messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Table 269 plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Table 270 rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Table 271 sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address) . . . 340Table 272 twampId (TWAMP session identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Table 273 enableRP301Interface (Enable RP3-01 interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Table 274 unitId (UNIT identifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Table 275 unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Table 276 unitTypeExpected (Expected hardware unit type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

DN0944234 19

Transmission Parameters Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058097fdb4Confidential

1 Summary of changesChanges between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes made to previous issues

This section lists parameter changes between issues within RL40 release.

For a list of parameter changes between RL40 parameters and RL30 parameters, see Changes in RL40 document.

1.1 Changes between issues 04A DRAFT (2012-07-25) and 04B (2012-11-05)

1.1.1 Changed parameters in Issue 04B

1.1.1.1 IPNO

bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protec-tion)

actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing)

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter specifies the delay for re-installig routes as active ones after a BFD session has recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay can prevent from too heavy toggling of de-installing and re-installing routes for unstable BFD ses-sions. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

This parameter specifies the delay for re-installig routes as active ones after a BFD session has recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay can prevent from too heavy toggling of de-installing and re-installing routes for unstable BFD ses-sions.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This flag enables/disables the optional feature Fast IP Rerouting. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

This flag enables/disables the optional feature Fast IP Rerouting.

20 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.1.1.2 IPRT

staticRoutes/bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier)

staticRoutes/preference (Preference value of the route)

1.1.1.3 LTAC

tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead)

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter identifies the Bidirec-tional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session that shall protect this route. The parameter value shall match one of the object instance identifiers of the BFD managed object class. Value 0 means the route is not protected by any BFD session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

This parameter identifies the Bidirec-tional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session that shall protect this route. The parameter value shall match one of the object instance identifiers of the BFD managed object class. Value 0 means the route is not protected by any BFD session.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter specifies a cost value for this route. Lower preference means lower cost. The FTM shall use by preference routes with lower preference value. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

This parameter specifies a cost value for this route. Lower preference means lower cost. The FTM shall use by preference routes with lower preference value.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description When this parameter is set, the transport bandwidth calculations are done only for layer 3 (excluding Ethernet and VLAN overhead). The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

When this parameter is set, the transport bandwidth calculations are done only for layer 3 (excluding Ethernet and VLAN overhead).

DN0944234 21



tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor)

tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency)

tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover)

tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal)

1.1.1.4 Multiple Managed ObjectsFlexiLite references have been removed.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter is used to configure the activity of a connection, e.g. to compen-sate periods of silence. The TAC activity factor applies for all connection types (normal, HO, emergency) and for both directions (UL, DL). The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

This parameter is used to configure the activity of a connection, e.g. to compen-sate periods of silence. The TAC activity factor applies for all connection types (normal, HO, emergency) and for both directions (UL, DL).

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Emergency con-nections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Emergency con-nections.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Handover con-nections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Handover con-nections.

Field 04A DRAFT 04B

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for normal GBR connections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for normal GBR connections.

22 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.2 Changes between issues 04 DRAFT (2011-12-16) and 04A DRAFT (2012-07-25)

1.2.1 New parameters in Issue 04A DRAFT

1.2.1.1 PMTNL

lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync statistics measurement interval)

1.2.2 Changed parameters in Issue 04A DRAFT

1.2.2.1 BFD

bfdGrp (BFD group reference)

Description Measurement interval for TOP PhaseSync statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means dis-abled. The parameter supports only FSMr3(i.e FSM,FSI,FTIF and FIIF) HW.

Related features LTE602 Performance Management add. features from RL10, Configuration Man-agement (optional), LTE891 Timing over Packet with phase synchronization (optional)

Field 04 DRAFT 04A DRAFT

Description This parameter references the BFD group of which the BFD session is a member. The parameter is a managed object instance identifier (LMOID), referencing an instance of object class BFDGRP. The parameter may remain empty, meaning the BFD session is not bound to a BFD group. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter indicates on the BFD group to which the BFD session belongs. The parameter is a managed object instance identifier (LMOID), referencing an instance of object class BFDGRP. The parameter may remain empty, meaning the BFD session is not bound to a BFD group. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

DN0944234 23



bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag)

bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control)

bfdId (BFD session identifier)


Description This parameter activates or deactivates the BFD session. Activate: if set to value true, the trans-mission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is started and, in case the BFD session fails, alarms are raised. Deactivate: if set to value false, the transmission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is stopped. Also the BTS discards every received BFD packet for a deactivated BFD instance. Moreover all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared. The BFD session effectively does not exist at all. NOTE:The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter activates or deactivates the BFD session. Activate: if set to value "true", the transmission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is started and, in case the BFD session fails, alarms are raised. Deactivate: if set to value "false", the transmission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is stopped. Also the BTS discards every received BFD packet for a deactivated BFD instance. Moreover all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared. The BFD session effectively does not exist at all. NOTE: The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter controls the admin state of the BFD session. If set to false, the session enters the "Down" state. Only control messages with state "Admin Down" are sent to the peer. All active alarms of the BFD session are cleared. If set to true, the session leaves the "Down" state. It will reach the "Up" state if the remote peer is also in "Up" state. If the BFD session fails, alarms are raised for it. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter controls the admin state of the BFD session. If set to "false", the session enters the "Down" state. Only control messages with state "Admin Down" are sent to the peer. All active alarms of the BFD session are cleared. If set to "true", the session leaves the "Down" state. It will reach the "Up" state if the remote peer is also in "Up" state. If the BFD session fails, alarms are raised for it. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter identifies the BFD ses-sion.The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies the BFD ses-sion.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

24 DN0944234



Summary of changes

bfdDetectMult (BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier)

bfdType (BFD session type)

desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval)

bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session)


Full Name BFD session packets lost detection time multiplier

BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier

Description The negotiated BFD control word trans-mission interval, multiplied by this param-eter, provides the detection time for lost packets in the BFD session. Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the FTM may lose in a row, before it shall declare the BFD session to be down. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

The negotiated BFD control word trans-mission interval, multiplied by this param-eter, provides the detection time for lost packets in the BFD session. Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the FTM may lose in a row, before it shall declare the BFD session to be down. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the type of the BFD session: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the type of the BFD session: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD. The parameter supports: FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the BTS would like to use when transmitting BFD control packets for the BFD session. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the BTS needs when trans-mitting BFD control packets for the BFD session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the destination IP address to be used in the BFD session. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the destination IP address to be used in the BFD session. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

DN0944234 25



reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval)

bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session)

bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session)


Description This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received BFD control packets that the FTM shall support for the BFD session. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received BFD control packets that the FTM will support for the BFD session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the source IP address to be used in BFD messages for the BFD session. This can be a network interface IP address or a virtual IP address. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the source IP address to be used in BFD messages for the BFD session. This can be a network interface IP address or a virtual IP address. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the UDP source port to be used in the BFD session. Note: value range and default value depend on the BFD type. - For Multi Hop BFD, the value range is 4784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 4784. - For Single Hop BFD the value range is 3784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 3784. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the UDP source port to be used in the BFD session. Note: value range and default value depend on the BFD type. - For Multi Hop BFD, the value range is 4784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 4784. - For Single Hop BFD the value range is 3784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 3784. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

26 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.2.2.2 BFDGRP

bfdGrpId (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier)

1.2.2.3 CERTH

crlUpdatePeriod (Certificate Revocation List update period)


Description This parameter identifies a BFD group. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies a BFD group. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Default value 0 24

Default value notes No periodical update.

DN0944234 27



1.2.2.4 ETHLK

administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link inter-face)

28 DN0944234



Summary of changes


Description This parameter is used to lock and unlock the ethernet link interface. Locking the interface deactivates it.

This parameter is used to lock and unlock the ethernet link interface. Locking the interface deactivates it. Administrative state rules for correct configurations: • Outdoor Module FSMx 1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSMx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSMx present. 2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSMx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSMx present and enable RP301Interface = false and if (TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 = “locked” and ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”). 3. ETHLK 1-1 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-3 is “locked and ETHLK 0-2 = “locked””. 4. ETHLK 1-2 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-4 is “locked”. 5. ETHLK 1-3 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present, ETHLK 1-1 is “locked” and ETHLK 0-2 = “locked”. 6. ETHLK 1-4 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-2 is “locked”. • Indoor Module FSIx 1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-3 is “locked”. 2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-4 is “locked”. 3. ETHLK 0-3 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-1 is “locked”. 4. ETHLK 0-4 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-2 is “locked”. 5. ETHLK 0-5 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSIx present and enable RP301Interface = false and TRS sub-module FIIF present and ETHLK 1-1=”locked” and ETHLK 1-2=”locked.

DN0944234 29



portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

Description (cont.) 6. ETHLK 1-1 at FIIF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FIIF present, ETHLK 1-2 is “locked” and enable RP301Interface = false and ETHLK 0-5= “locked”. 7. ETHLK 1-2 at FIIF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FIIF present and ETHLK 1-1 is “locked” and enable RP301Interface = false and ETHLK 0-5= “locked”. Note: If ETHLK 0-5 at FSIx is “unlocked” and TRS sub-module FIIF gets added, then … if enableRP301Interface is true then it is used as rp3 interface else ETHLK 0-2 is locked and external module ports are used



Description This parameter specifies the VLAN iden-tifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value false for the Ethernet interface. In order that the frame will be trans-mitted via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet interface (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be dis-carded.

This parameter specifies the VLAN iden-tifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value false for the Ethernet interface. In order that the frame will be trans-mitted via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet interface (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be dis-carded. NOTE:Default VLAN id cannot be configured as a part of interface's config-ured VLAN id list.

Related parameters l2SwitchingMode of ETHLK - VLAN aware switching mode should be enabled (l2SwitchingMode="VLAN_ID")

l2VlanIdList of ETHLK - Default VLAN id cannot be configured as a part of inter-face's configured VLAN id list

l2SwitchingMode of ETHLK - VLAN aware switching mode should be enabled (l2SwitchingMode="VLAN_ID")

30 DN0944234



Summary of changes

l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size)

l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate)


Description This parameter specifies the maximum burst size that can be transmitted in a single burst in egress direction on this Ethernet interface of layer 2 switch. The burst size is actually calculated by < l2ShaperRate x l2BurstSize x 1sec >. Example: l2ShaperRate =100 Mb/s and l2BurstSize=1% results in a burst size of 1 Mbit = 125 Kbyte. The step size is 0.1%. The maximum value is 6%. Default value is 0% (no bursts). The parameter is only valid for the FTLB hardware unit.

This parameter specifies the maximum burst size that can be transmitted in a single burst in egress direction on this Ethernet interface of layer 2 switch. The burst size is actually calculated by < l2ShaperRate x l2BurstSize x 1sec >. Example: l2ShaperRate =100 Mb/s and l2BurstSize=1% results in a burst size of 1 Mbit = 125 Kbyte. The step size is 0.1%. The maximum value is 6%. Default value is 0% (no bursts). The parameter is only valid for the FTLB hardware unit.


Description This parameter specifies egress the shaping rate of the Ethernet interface. Parameter value unit = MBit/s. The following granularities exist: 1 Mbps steps up to 10 Mpbs. 5 Mbps steps beyond 10 Mbps and up to 100 Mbps. 50 Mbps steps beyond 100 Mpbs and up to 1 Gbps. NOTE:FTLB lowest shaperrate 1 Mbps is not implemented. Instead the lowest rate is 1.18 Mbps (FTIB: 1 Mbps)

This parameter specifies egress the shaping rate of the Ethernet interface. Parameter value unit is in MBit/s. The following granularities exist: 1 Mbps steps up to 10 Mbps. 5 Mbps steps beyond 10 Mbps and up to 100 Mbps. 50 Mbps steps beyond 100 Mbps and up to 1 Gbps. NOTE:All Transport IF cards (FTIA,FTIB,FTFB,FTLB and FSMr3) shall support configuration of 1 Mbps at the switch-port shaper, but it is known, that FTLB effectively egresses 1.18 Mbps and FSMr3 egresses 1.56 Mbps, both of which are acceptable deviations.

DN0944234 31



linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag)

linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference)

macAddr (MAC address)


Description Enables the Link OAM functionality for this ethernet link. In consequence: - the values of all statistics counters of the Link OAM feature for this interface are set to 0 - the Link OAM alarms for this inter-face are cleared - the Link OAM discovery process is started, either in active or in passive mode. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

Enables the Link OAM functionality for this ethernet link. In consequence: - the values of all statistics counters of the Link OAM feature for this interface are set to 0 - the Link OAM alarms for this inter-face are cleared - the Link OAM discovery process is started, either in active or in passive mode. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description A reference to a Link OAM profile. This is a distinguished name referencing an instance of class OAMPRF. Format: "FTM-1/OAMPRF-*" The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. where FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) OAMPRF-#, # = an instance of object class OAMPRF Example: FTM-1/OAMPRF-1

A reference to a Link OAM profile. This is a distinguished name referencing an instance of class OAMPRF. Format: "FTM-1/OAMPRF-*" The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. where FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) OAMPRF-#, # = an instance of object class OAMPRF Example: FTM-1/OAMPRF-1 FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Interfaces LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS->RAC, RAC<->RACApp

LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS->RAC

32 DN0944234



Summary of changes

speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration )

1.2.2.5 IDNS

serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server)

1.2.2.6 IEIF

mtu (Maximum transfer unit)

qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag)


Description This parameter specificies if the ethernet link characteristics are autonegotiated or not. If not, the attribute contains the capacity and the duplex mode to be set forcibly. Note that 1000 MBit is available only on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (GE).

This parameter specificies if the ethernet link characteristics are autonegotiated or not. If not, the attribute contains the capacity and the duplex mode to be set forcibly. Note that 1000 MBit is available only on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (GE). Note: In case the shared RP3-01/TRS port (i.e. FCT-EIF2) is configured for transport, exclusively 1000 Mbps link speed is supported.


Description This parameter specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server. The sec-ondary DNS is queried if the IP address of the primary DNS server is not config-ured or if it is configured but a query for DNS resolution to the primary DNS server fails.

This parameter specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS server. The sec-ondary DNS is queried if the primary DNS is configured but not accessible.

Related parameters serverIpAddress of IDNS - If the primary DNS is configured but not accessible then the secondary DNS is queried


Range and step 576..1608, step 1 576..1644, step 1


Full Name QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag QOS traffic priorization enabling flag

DN0944234 33



sir (Shaper information rate)

upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)

trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag)

Description This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this interface or only a single one. Multiple PHB queues allow DSCP based traffic prioritisation. The plain Ethernet interface by default has the 6 PHB queue scheduler.

This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this interface or only a single one. Multiple PHB queues allow DSCP based traffic prioritization. The plain Ethernet interface by default has the 6 PHB queue scheduler.



Description This parameter holds the shaper informa-tion rate for the interface.

This parameter holds the shaper informa-tion rate for the interface. For FTLB, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.18 Mbps and on FSM-r3, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.56 Mbps due to technical limitations on Octeon.


Description This parameter decides if shaping takes the ethernet overhead into account. If the flag has value true, the shaped band-width is the bandwidth on the IP layer only. If the flag has value false, the ethernet header is counted also.

This parameter decides if shaping takes the ethernet overhead into account. If the flag has value "true", the shaped band-width is the bandwidth on the IP layer only. If the flag has value "false", the ethernet header is counted also.


Description This parameters decides on the type of shaping in case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is enabled, shaping at the level of each VLAN is enabled, else shaping at the WFQ aggregator level is enabled. Shaping may also be switched off entirely.

This parameter decides on the type of shaping in case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is enabled, shaping at the level of each VLAN is enabled, else shaping at the WFQ aggregator level is enabled. Shaping may also be switched off entirely.

34 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.2.2.7 IPNO

bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protec-tion)

ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address)

actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing)

actIpTnlMeasure (Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Mea-surement)


Description This parameter specifies the delay for re-installig routes as active ones after a BFD session has recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay can prevent too heavy toggling of de-installing and re-installing routes for unstable BFD ses-sions. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the delay for re-installig routes as active ones after a BFD session has recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay can prevent from too heavy toggling of de-installing and re-installing routes for unstable BFD ses-sions. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Modification BTS restart needed onLine


Description This flag enables/disables the optional feature Fast IP Rerouting. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This flag enables/disables the optional feature Fast IP Rerouting. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This flag enables/disables the optional feature IP Transport Network Measure-ment. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. NOTE: The individual sessions creation and other related parameters configuration should be allowed irrespec-tive of state of this flag.

This flag enables/disables the optional feature IP Transport Network Measure-ment. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter. NOTE: The individual sessions creation and other related parameters configuration should be allowed irrespec-tive of state of this flag.

DN0944234 35



linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling flag)

oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag)

servingOms (Serving OMS)

ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address)


Description If set to true, the FTM enables the discov-ery process for Link OAM loopback requests initiated by a remote network element. If set to false, loopback initiated from the remote network are not accepted by the FTM. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

If set to "true", the FTM enables the dis-covery process for Link OAM loopback requests initiated by a remote network element. If set to "false", loopback initi-ated from the remote network are not accepted by the FTM. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description If this parameter is set to true, the optional TLV received in a Link Trace or Loopback message (LTM or LBM message) is sent back unchecked in the corresponding reply message (LTR, or LBR). If this parameter is set to false, the received optional TLV is ignored and not being sent in the reply-message. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

If this parameter is set to "true", the optional TLV received in a Link Trace or Loopback message (LTM or LBM message) is sent back unchecked in the corresponding reply message (LTR, or LBR). If this parameter is set to "false", the received optional TLV is ignored and not being sent in the reply-message. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Interfaces LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS->RAC, RAC<->RACApp

LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS->RAC


Modification BTS restart needed onLine

36 DN0944234



Summary of changes

oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system)

twampFlag/twampIpAddress (TWAMP application or IP interface address)


Description This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the O&M system for the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format. If only 1 OMS IP is configured, then a manual BTS reset after change of the IP address is needed so that BTS will take into use the new values.

This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the O&M system for the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format. If only 1 OMS IP is configured, then BTS executes an autonomous site reset after change of that IP address so that BTS will take into use the new values.

Related parameters servingOms of IPNO - If more than 1 IP is configured, then to change the IP address of the current serving OMS (pri-mary/secondary), 1. Execute an OMS switchover 2. Change the OMS IP that is not the current serving OMS 3. Execute another OMS swi-tchover

servingOms of IPNO - If more than 1 IP is configured, then to change the IP address of the current serving OMS (pri-mary/secondary), 1. Execute an OMS switchover 2. Change the OMS IP that is not the current serving OMS 3. Execute another OMS swi-tchover. When only 1 configured IP (primary/secondary), changing the current serving OMS IP Address requires a BTS restart. BTS executes autono-mous site reset.


Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for the application or IP inter-face object. Each address specified in this structure for TWAMP usage must be identical with one of the configured eNB application or interface IP addresses. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for the application or IP inter-face object. Each address specified in this structure for TWAMP usage must be identical with one of the configured eNB application or interface IP addresses. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 37



twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages)

twampFlag/twampReflFlag (TWAMP message response enabling flag)

twampFlag (TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator)


Description This parameter specifies the overall rate at which the BTS sends TWAMP initiator messages. The messages are evenly spread over the enabled TWAMP sessions at any given time. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the overall rate at which the BTS sends TWAMP initiator messages. The messages are evenly spread over the enabled TWAMP sessions at any given time. The parame-ter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This flag enables/disables the TWAMP reflector functionality for the application or IP interface object. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This flag enables/disables the TWAMP reflector functionality for the application or IP interface object. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Multiplicity 10 48

Description This struct handles the enables/disables the TWAMP reflector and UDP echo functionality for the each application and IP interface object. This can have a maximum of 10 instances as per configured addresses. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This structure handles the enables/dis-ables the TWAMP reflector and UDP echo functionality for the each application and IP interface object. This can have a maximum of 10 instances as per configured addresses. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

38 DN0944234



Summary of changes

twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number)

twampFlag/udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag)

wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages)


Description This parameter specifies the source port that is assigned to the TWAMP reflector. The sender on any measurement request packet shall use that port to reach the TWAMP reflector. The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the source port that is assigned to the TWAMP reflector. The sender on any measurement request packet shall use that port to reach the TWAMP reflector. The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This flag enables/disables the UDP echo functionality for the application or IP inter-face object. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This flag enables/disables the UDP echo functionality for the application or IP inter-face object. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for Service OAM messages. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for Service OAM messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 39



1.2.2.8 IPRT

staticRoutes/bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier)

staticRoutes/preference (Preference value of the route)

1.2.2.9 IVIF

sbs (Shaper burst size)

sir (Shaper information rate)


Description This parameter identifies the Bidirec-tional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session that shall protect this route. The parameter value shall match one of the object instance identifiers of the BFD managed object class. Value 0 means the route is not protected by any BFD session. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Bidirec-tional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session that shall protect this route. The parameter value shall match one of the object instance identifiers of the BFD managed object class. Value 0 means the route is not protected by any BFD session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies a cost value for this route. Lower preference means lower cost. The FTM shall use by preference routes with lower preference value. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies a cost value for this route. Lower preference means lower cost. The FTM shall use by preference routes with lower preference value. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter holds the shaper burst size for a specific vlan interface.

This parameter holds the shaper burst size for a specific VLAN interface.


Description This parameter holds the shaper informa-tion rate for a specific vlan interface.

This parameter holds the shaper informa-tion rate for a specific VLAN interface. For FTLB, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.18 Mbps and on FSM-r3, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.56 Mbps due to technical limitations on Octeon.

40 DN0944234



Summary of changes

vlanIfNetId (VLAN interface object identifier)

1.2.2.10 L2SWI

portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames)


Description This parameter identifies the VLAN inter-face object. Value is 1 to 5. Up to 5 VLANs may exist on the BTS.

This parameter identifies the VLAN inter-face object. Value is 1 to 5. Up to 5 VLANs can exist on the BTS.


Description This parameter specifies The VLAN iden-tifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value false for the Ethernet interface. In order that the frame will be trans-mitted via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet interface (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be dis-carded.

This parameter specifies the VLAN iden-tifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value "false" for the Ethernet inter-face. To transmit the frame via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN Id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet inter-face (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be discarded.


Description This parameter specifies which priority queue shall be used for untagged frames. The value range of this parameter = 1..4 for the FTIB hardware unit. The value range of this parameter = 1..6 for the FTLB hardware unit. The default value of this parameter = 1, this is the strict priority queue.

This parameter specifies which priority queue shall be used for untagged frames. The value range of this parameter = 1..4 for the FTIB hardware unit. The value range of this parameter = 1..6 for the FTLB hardware unit. The default value of this parameter = 1, this is the strict priority queue. In case VLAN aware switching, this parameter is not taken into account. Untagged traffic will be enqueued according to the default priority config-ured for each interface separately.

DN0944234 41



1.2.2.11 LTAC

tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead)

ltacId (LTAC identifier)

tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor)

tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency)


Description When this parameter is set, the transport bandwidth calculations are done only for layer 3 (excluding Ethernet and VLAN overhead). The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

When this parameter is set, the transport bandwidth calculations are done only for layer 3 (excluding Ethernet and VLAN overhead). The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter identifies the MO instance for transport admission control for LTE. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter identifies the MO instance for transport admission control for LTE. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter is used to configure the activity of a connection, e.g. to compen-sate periods of silence. The TAC activity factor applies for all connection types (normal, HO, emergency) and for both directions (UL, DL). The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter is used to configure the activity of a connection, e.g. to compen-sate periods of silence. The TAC activity factor applies for all connection types (normal, HO, emergency) and for both directions (UL, DL). The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Emergency con-nections. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Emergency con-nections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

42 DN0944234



Summary of changes

tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover)

tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal)

1.2.2.12 OAMMA

assocId (Maintenance association identifier)

maName (Name of the maintenance association)


Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Handover con-nections. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for all GBR Handover con-nections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for normal GBR connections. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed trans-port bit rate for normal GBR connections. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter identifies a Maintenance Association. Up to 15 associations may exist in the BTS. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies a Maintenance Association. Up to 15 associations may exist in the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the name of the Maintenance Association. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the name of the Maintenance Association. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 43



vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association)

1.2.2.13 OAMMD

mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain)

domainId (Maintenance domain identifier)


Description This parameter specifies the VLAN iden-tifier that is associated to the Mainte-nance Association. The FTM uses this VLAN identifier in the Service OAM messages its sends over the Service OAM ethernet link (con-figured in the OAMMEP managed object). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. Note: The configured VLAN identifier must match the restrictions of the VLAN identifier settings of the Layer 2 bridges of the FTM, in order to prevent that the Service OAM messages are discarded in the bridge.

This parameter specifies the VLAN iden-tifier that is associated to the Mainte-nance Association. The FTM uses this VLAN identifier in the Service OAM messages its sends over the Service OAM ethernet link (con-figured in the OAMMEP managed object). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter. Note: The configured VLAN identifier must match the restrictions of the VLAN identifier settings of the Layer 2 bridges of the FTM, in order to prevent that the Service OAM messages are discarded in the bridge.


Description This parameter specifies the level of the Maintenance Domain. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the level of the Maintenance Domain. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter identifies a Maintenance Domain. Up to 10 domains may exist on the BTS. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies a Maintenance Domain. Up to 10 domains may exist on the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

44 DN0944234



Summary of changes

mdName (Name of the maintenance domain)

1.2.2.14 OAMMEP

aisEnabled (AIS message transmission enabling flag)

aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval)


Description This parameter specifies the name of the Maintenance Domain. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the name of the Maintenance Domain. The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies if the transmis-sion of AIS messages is enabled. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies if the transmis-sion of AIS messages is enabled. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the rate for sending AIS messages. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the rate for sending AIS messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 45



enableCcm (Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM coun-ters)

ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period)


Description This parameter allows sending continuity check messages (ETH_CCM) towards the remote Maintenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) of the End Point. Changing the parameter from false (not allowed) to true (allowed) resets the CCM counters and alarms of all remote MEPs. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter allows sending continuity check messages (ETH_CCM) towards the remote Maintenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) of the End Point. Changing the parameter from false (not allowed) to true (allowed) resets the CCM counters and alarms of all remote MEPs. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the period for sending Continuity Check messages (CCMs). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the period for sending Continuity Check messages (CCMs). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

46 DN0944234



Summary of changes

ethernetPort (Ethernet link reference)

remoteMepList/macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Associ-ation End Point)

remoteMepList/mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identi-fier)


Description This parameter specifies the ethernet link that the BTS uses for sending Service OAM messages. The parameter is a local managed object instance identifier (LMOID), i.e. a reference to an instance of object class ETHLK. Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-1-*" where FTM-#: # = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) ETHLK-#-#.# = an instance of object class ETHLK Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1 The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the ethernet link that the BTS uses for sending Service OAM messages. The parameter is a local managed object instance identifier (LMOID), i.e. a reference to an instance of object class ETHLK. Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-1-*" where FTM-#: # = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) ETHLK-#-#.# = an instance of object class ETHLK Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1 The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point (MEP). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

Related features LTE140 Ethernet OAM (optional)


Description This parameter identifies the Mainte-nance Association End Point (MEP). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Mainte-nance Association End Point (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

Related features LTE140 Ethernet OAM (optional)

DN0944234 47



oammepId (Maintenance association endpoint identifier)

remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list)

vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits)


Description This parameter identifies the Mainte-nance association Endpoint (MEP). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Mainte-nance association Endpoint (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the list of Main-tenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) that are contained in the Maintenance Association. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the list of Main-tenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) that are contained in the Maintenance Association. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the PCP bits value to be used for Service OAM messages for this Maintenance associa-tion Endpoint (MEP). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the PCP bits value to be used for Service OAM messages for this Maintenance associa-tion Endpoint (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

48 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.2.2.15 OAMPRF

efEventWindow (Errored Frame Event counting interval)

efEventThreshold (Errored Frame Event counting threshold)


Description This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efEventThreshold, the FTM transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efEventThreshold, the FTM transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement window specified by efEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. The maximum value of efEvent-Threshold equals "32 bit value".

This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement window specified by efEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter. The maximum value of efEvent-Threshold equals "32 bit value".

DN0944234 49



efpEventWindow (Errored Frame Period Event counting interval)

efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting thresh-old)


Description This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frames. If the number of received errored frames within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efpEventThresh-old, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frames. If the number of received errored frames within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efpEventThresh-old, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Period Event. If the number of received errored frames within the measurement window specified by efpEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event.The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. The maximum value of efpEvent-Threshold equals "32 bit value".

This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Period Event. If the number of received errored frames within the measurement window specified by efpEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter. The maximum value of efpEvent-Threshold equals "32 bit value".

50 DN0944234



Summary of changes

efssEventWindow (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting interval)

efssEventThreshold (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting threshold)


Description This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measure-ment interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efssEv-entThreshold, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the measure-ment interval for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measure-ment interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efssEv-entThreshold, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measurement interval specified by efssEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values. The maximum value of efssEvent-Threshold equals "16 bit value".

This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measurement interval specified by efssEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter. The maximum value of efssEvent-Threshold equals "16 bit value".

DN0944234 51



eventSupport (Link OAM event support flag)

alarmClearanceDelay (Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clear-ance delay)

loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration)

testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size)


Description This parameter specifies if the BTS supports Link OAM events. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies if the BTS supports Link OAM events. The parame-ter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies for how long critical event flags must be cleared before the BTS clears the corresponding Link OAM Critical Event alarm. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies for how long critical event flags must be cleared before the BTS clears the corresponding Link OAM Critical Event alarm. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the duration of a loopback operation initiated by the BTS. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the duration of a loopback operation initiated by the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the ethernet frame size of test messages sent during loopback operation for Link OAM. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the ethernet frame size of test messages sent during loopback operation for Link OAM. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

52 DN0944234



Summary of changes

testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate)

activeMode (Link OAM operational mode at local peer)

linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name)


Description This parameter specifies the number of frames / second to be sent during loopback operation for Link OAM. Value 0 switched the test frame gen-erator off. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the number of frames / second to be sent during loopback operation for Link OAM. Value 0 switched the test frame gen-erator off. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the Link OAM operational mode at the local peer. If false, the BTS will only respond to a remotely initiated discovery process, if active the BTS will itself initiate the process. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the Link OAM operational mode at the local peer. If false, the BTS will only respond to a remotely initiated discovery process, if active the BTS will itself initiate the process. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Multiplicity 5 1

Description This parameter describes a unique con-figurable name for each link OAM pro-file.The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter describes a unique con-figurable name for each link OAM pro-file.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 53



eventRepetition (OAM PDU message transmission rate)

profileId (Profile instance identifier)

1.2.2.16 PMTNL

lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measurement inter-val)


Description This parameter specifies how often the BTS repeats the transmission of OAM Events Notifications to its remote peer to increase the probability that they are received by the remote peer. The param-eter specifies the total number of repeti-tive transmissions of such messages. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies how often the BTS repeats the transmission of OAM Events Notifications to its remote peer to increase the probability that they are received by the remote peer. The param-eter specifies the total number of repeti-tive transmissions of such messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter identifies a Link OAM profile. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies a Link OAM profile. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description Measurement interval for Ethernet inter-face statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for Ethernet inter-face statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

54 DN0944234



Summary of changes

lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement interval)

lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval)

lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval)

lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statistics mea-surement interval)


Description Measurement interval for IP Filtering measurement in minutes. Acceptable range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for IP Filtering measurement in minutes. Acceptable range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description Measurement interval for IPSec mea-surement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for IPSec mea-surement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description Measurement interval for PHB Statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for PHB Statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description Measurement interval for TOP FreqSync statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for TOP FreqSync statistics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

DN0944234 55



lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measurement inter-val)

1.2.2.17 QOS

trafficTypesMap/dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value)

1.2.2.18 STPG

synchroSourceList/clockProtocol (Protocol of the clock source)


Description Measurement interval for TWAMP statis-tics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

Measurement interval for TWAMP statis-tics measurement in minutes. Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This is the Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) codes that the eNB should use for a specific traffic type. NOTE: the modification of QOS.trafficTypesMap.dscp for traffic type CPLANE requires manual BTS reset in order to take the new parameter into use.

This is the Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) codes that the eNB should use for a specific traffic type.


Range and step 1 (clkPDH), 3 (clkSyncE), 4 (clkToP), 5 (extClock)

1 (clkPDH), 3 (clkSyncE), 4 (clkToP)

Related features LTE134 Timing over Packet (optional), LTE710 Synchronization from PDH inter-face (optional), LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal (optional), LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet (optional)

LTE134 Timing over Packet (optional), LTE710 Synchronization from PDH inter-face (optional), LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal (optional), LTE644 Configurable cell trace content (optional)

56 DN0944234



Summary of changes

synchroSourceList/unitNumber (Unit Number of clock source inter-face)

1.2.2.19 TAC

tacId (TAC identifier)

1.2.2.20 TOPB

topbId (Time over Packet common configuration identifier)


Description This parameter specifies the location of the unit providing the synchronisation source interface. NOTE: unitNumber parameter is not required at all when clockProtocol parameter has value clkTop. For ToP sync source unitNumber shall be 0 for FTIF,FIIF,FSM,FSI. For syncE sources FTIF & FIIF units will support both values 0 and 1.

This parameter specifies the location of the unit providing the synchronisation source interface. NOTE: unitNumber parameter is not required at all when clockProtocol parameter has value clkTop. For ToP sync source unitNumber shall be 0 for FTIF,FIIF,FSM,FSI. For syncE sources FTIF & FIIF units will support both values 0 and 1. The unit number of PDH syn-chronization source must be 1. This vali-dation rule is valid for all unit types which support PDH interfaces and when clock-Protocol parameter has value clkPDH. PDH synchronization source is not sup-ported in FTOA, FSM, FSI, and all Flexi-Lite units. In FlexiLite unitNumber shall be always fixed to “1”. ToP & SyncE are supported sync sources for FlexiLite.


Description This parameter identifies the MO instance for transport admission control for LTE. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter identifies the MO instance for transport admission control for LTE. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet common configuration. The value is always 1. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet common configuration. The value is always 1.

DN0944234 57



1.2.2.21 TOPF

actTopFreqSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchroni-zation)

masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)

logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value)

topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier)


Description This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with frequency synchroniza-tion". The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with frequency synchroniza-tion".


Description This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter must be configured if act-TopFreqSynch = TRUE.

Related parameters actTopFreqSynch of TOPF - masterI-pAddr must be configured if actTop-FreqSynch = TRUE.


Description This indicates how often a ToP sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.) The following values are defined: -3: 8 per second -4: 16 per second -5: 32 per second The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This indicates how often a ToP sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.) The following values are defined: -3: 8 per second -4: 16 per second -5: 32 per second


Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet frequency sync configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet frequency sync configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.

58 DN0944234



Summary of changes

1.2.2.22 TOPP

logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate)

actTopPhaseSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase syn-chronization)

masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)


Description This indicates how often a Delay Request messages shall be sent by a ToP slave to the ToP master. The following values are defined: -3: 8 per second -4: 16 per second -5: 32 per second -6: 64 per second -7: 128 per second The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This indicates how often a Delay Request messages shall be sent by a ToP slave to the ToP master. The following values are defined: -3: 8 per second -4: 16 per second -5: 32 per second -6: 64 per second -7: 128 per second


Description This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with phase synchroniza-tion". The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with phase synchroniza-tion".


Description This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

DN0944234 59



logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync)

toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identifier)

topComMode (ToP communication mode selector)


Description This indicates how often a ToP phase sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.) The following values are defined: -3: 32 per second -4: 64 per second -5: 128 per second The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This indicates how often a ToP phase sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.) The following values are defined: -3: 32 per second -4: 64 per second -5: 128 per second


Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet phase sync configuration. The value is always 1. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet phase sync configuration. The value is always 1.


Description This parameter is used to select between ToP over Ethernet/multicast mode or ToP over IP/unicast mode for the eNB running in TDD mode. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter is used to select between ToP over Ethernet/multicast mode or ToP over IP/unicast mode for the eNB running in TDD mode.

Range and step 0 (ETHERNET_MULTICAST), 1 (to IP_UNICAST)

0 (ETHERNET_MULTICAST), 1 (IP_UNICAST)

Default value 0

60 DN0944234



Summary of changes

topEif (ToP Ethernet interface)

1.2.2.23 TWAMP

dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission)


Description This parameter indicates which of the BTS Gigabit Ethernet transport interfaces is used for ToP with phase synchroniza-tion. Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-#-#" where FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) ETHLK-#-# = an instance of object class ETHLK Also see ETHLK::ethLinkId. Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1 The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.

This parameter indicates which of the BTS Gigabit Ethernet transport interfaces is used for ToP with phase synchroniza-tion. Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-#-#" where FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO) ETHLK-#-# = an instance of object class ETHLK Also see ETHLK::ethLinkId. Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1


Description This parameter specifies the DSCP value to be used for transmission of TWAMP messages over the session. The corre-sponding mapping to a Per Hop Behav-iour priority queue is contained in table trafficTypesMap of the QOS managed object class. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the DSCP value to be used for transmission of TWAMP messages over the session. The corre-sponding mapping to a Per Hop Behavior priority queue is contained in table traf-ficTypesMap of the QOS managed object class. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 61



administrativeState (Lock or unlock a TWAMP session)

plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold)


Description This parameter locks or unlocks the TWAMP session. Locking a session stops it. Unlocking a session starts or re-starts it. Starting or re-starting a session clears all statistics and alarms for the session. Stopping a session clears TWAMP alarms but not TWAMP statis-tics. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter locks or unlocks the TWAMP session. Locking a session stops it. Unlocking a session starts or re-starts it. Starting or re-starting a session clears all statistics and alarms for the session. Stopping a session clears TWAMP alarms but not TWAMP statis-tics. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive packet loss ratio (PRL). The alarm is raised, if the packet loss ratio observed over a 15 minute evaluta-tion period exceeds the threshold value. The alarm will be cleared if the packet loss ratio drops below the threshold value for 2 consecutive 15-minute observation periods. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive packet loss ratio (PRL). The alarm is raised, if the packet loss ratio observed over a 15 minute evaluta-tion period exceeds the threshold value. The alarm will be cleared if the packet loss ratio drops below the threshold value for 2 consecutive 15-minute observation periods. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

62 DN0944234



Summary of changes

rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold)

messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size)

sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address)


Description This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive round-trip-time (RTT). The alarm is raised if the average round-trip-time of the TWAMP mes-sages, calculated during a 1-minute eval-uation period, exceeds the configured threshold. The alarm will be cleared, if during 5 consecutive 1-minute periods the average value of the RTT remains below the threshold.The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive round-trip-time (RTT). The alarm is raised if the average round-trip-time of the TWAMP mes-sages, calculated during a 1-minute eval-uation period, exceeds the configured threshold. The alarm will be cleared, if during 5 consecutive 1-minute periods the average value of the RTT remains below the threshold.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the size of the TWAMP messages sent by the TWAMP initiator on this session. The value of the parameter shall not exceed the Maximum Transfer Unit value of the BTS and the configured TWAMP message source address must be identi-cal with one of the configured eNB appli-cation or interface IP addresses (if different addresses are used, one might need additional routing entries). The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the size of the TWAMP messages sent by the TWAMP initiator on this session. The value of the parameter shall not exceed the Maximum Transfer Unit value of the BTS and the configured TWAMP message source address must be identi-cal with one of the configured eNB appli-cation or interface IP addresses (if different addresses are used, one might need additional routing entries). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Description This parameter specifies the source IP address of TWAMP initiator messages. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its source IP address can be changed. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the source IP address of TWAMP initiator messages. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its source IP address can be changed. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.

DN0944234 63



destIpAddress (TWAMP session destination IP address)

destPort (TWAMP session destination port)

twampId (TWAMP session identifier)

1.2.2.24 UNIT

unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type)


Description This parameter specifies the destination IP address of the TWAMP session. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its destination IP address can be changed. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the destination IP address of the TWAMP session. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its destination IP address can be changed. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter specifies the destination port for TWAMP initiator messages. Changeing the destination port of the TWAMP session requires locking the session. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter specifies the destination port for TWAMP initiator messages. Changeing the destination port of the TWAMP session requires locking the session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Description This parameter identifies a TWAMP session. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

This parameter identifies a TWAMP session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this parameter.


Interfaces LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS<->RAC, RAC<->RACApp

LTE BTS->EM, LTE BTS<->RAC

64 DN0944234



Introduction to Transmission parameters

2 Introduction to Transmission parameters This document serves as a source of reference for Transmission parameters descrip-tions. Values for these parameters can be defined both in BTS Site Manager and in the CM Editor application on NetAct. The same parameters are used also in Plan Editor.

In this document, parameters are grouped according to managed objects. Under the managed object, parameters are arranged in alphabetical order.

Please note the following definitions for the Range, Step and Unit values used in the parameter tables:

• Range: The user interface value range for the parameter. If unit is character then range specifies number of characters in the string (minimum number – maximum number).

• Step: The value by which the parameter value increases or decreases within the range.

• Unit: The measurement unit in use for the range and step, for example, s (second), min (minute), h (hour), bit/s (bit per second), kbit/s (kilobit per second), etc. If no unit is given, the value range of the parameter has no measurement unit or the parameter value cannot be changed in steps.

For information on the functionalities of the LTE commissioning of the transport network and which parameters are related to each functionality, see the feature descriptions in LTE Radio Access operating documentation.

Please note that in all parts of LTE commsisioning file (SCF), "text" values are used for boolean and enum parameters.

Examples:

Enumeration

dlMimoMode

SCF gets text values: SingleTX or TXDiv or Static Open Loop MIMO or Dynamic Open Loop MIMO

Boolean

dl64QamEnable

SCF gets values: true or false

Parameters defined as decimal parameter gets integer value in SCF:

DN0944234 65

Transmission Parameters Introduction to Transmission parameters


Decimal

dlCellPwrRed

SCF gets value 0…100. Value from SCF is divided by divisor = 10 before shown for the user in planning tools and before using the value in BTS SW so range 0.0, 0.1, …10.0 is shown in UI and used in BTS SW.

66 DN0944234



AMGR Parameters

3 AMGR Parameters

3.1 amgrId (Account manager identifier)

3.2 ldapConnectionType (LDAP Server TLS access mode)

Parameter name Account manager identifier

Abbreviated name amgrId

3GPP name -

Managed Object AMGR

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the account manager. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -

Formula for getting internal value

internal_value = gui_value

Default value -

Default value notes -

Related functions -

Modification Not modifiable

Related parameters -

Parameter relationships -

Related options -

Related features • LTE666 LTE User Account Management

Interfaces • EM <-> LTE BTS • RAC <-> LTE BTS • RAC <-> RACApp

References -

Validation pattern -

Table 1 amgrId (Account manager identifier)

Parameter name LDAP Server TLS access mode

Abbreviated name ldapConnectionType

3GPP name -

Managed Object AMGR

Table 2 ldapConnectionType (LDAP Server TLS access mode)

DN0944234 67

Transmission Parameters AMGR Parameters


3.3 primaryLdapPort (Port number of the primary LDAP server)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the TLS access mode for the LDAP server(s) of the BTS. Values are "secured" (allow only secured connections) and "both" (allow both unsecured and secured connections).

Range TLS (0), TLS_OR_PLAIN_TEXT (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

TLS ==> 0

TLS_OR_PLAIN_TEXT ==> 1

Default value TLS (0)


Related functions -

Modification On-Line



Related options • LTE150 LTE OAM Transport Layer Security

Related features -


References -


Table 2 ldapConnectionType (LDAP Server TLS access mode) (Cont.)

Parameter name Port number of the primary LDAP server

Abbreviated name primaryLdapPort

3GPP name -

Managed Object AMGR

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the port number of the primary LDAP server.

Range 1... 65535

Units -

Table 3 primaryLdapPort (Port number of the primary LDAP server)

68 DN0944234



AMGR Parameters

3.4 primaryLdapServer (IP address of the primary LDAP server)



Default value 389


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 3 primaryLdapPort (Port number of the primary LDAP server) (Cont.)

Parameter name IP address of the primary LDAP server

Abbreviated name primaryLdapServer

3GPP name -

Managed Object AMGR

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the IP address of the primary LDAP server.

Format: this is either an IPv4 IP address in dotted decimal form or an IPv6 IP address in one of the formats defined in RFC 2373.

Examples:

IPv4: 10.12.11.101

IPv6: 805B:2D9D:DC28:0:0:FC57:D4C8:1FFE

Range 7...15

Units characters



Table 4 primaryLdapServer (IP address of the primary LDAP server)

DN0944234 69

Transmission Parameters AMGR Parameters


Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -

Validation pattern ((25[0-5]|2[0-4][0-9]|1[0-9]{2}|[0-9]{1,2})\.){3}(25[0-5]|2[0-4][0-9]|1[0-9]{2}|[0-9]{1,2})

Table 4 primaryLdapServer (IP address of the primary LDAP server) (Cont.)

70 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

4 BFD Parameters

4.1 bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag)

Parameter name BFD session activation flag

Abbreviated name bfdActivation

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter activates or deactivates the BFD session.

Activate: if set to value "true", the transmission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is started and, in case the BFD session fails, alarms are raised.

Deactivate: if set to value "false", the transmission of BFD control packets towards the remote peer is stopped. Also the BTS discards every received BFD packet for a deactivated BFD instance. Moreover all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared. The BFD session effectively does not exist at all.

NOTE: The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range false (0), true (1)

Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1

Default value false (0)


Related functions -




Related options • LTE866 Fast IP rerouting (Transport Path Pro-tection)

Related features • LTE592 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection

Table 5 bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag)

DN0944234 71

Transmission Parameters BFD Parameters


4.2 bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control)


References -


Table 5 bfdActivation (BFD session activation flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name BFD session admin down state control

Abbreviated name bfdAdminUp

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter controls the admin state of the BFD session.

If set to "false", the session enters the "Down" state. Only control messages with state "Admin Down" are sent to the peer. All active alarms of the BFD session are cleared.

If set to "true", the session leaves the "Down" state. It will reach the "Up" state if the remote peer is also in "Up" state. If the BFD session fails, alarms are raised for it. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1

Default value true (1)


Related functions -


Related parameters bfdActivation of BFD - Parameter bfdAdminUp is only relevant if parameter bfdActiva-tion has value true.



Table 6 bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control)

72 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

4.3 bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session)



References -


Table 6 bfdAdminUp (BFD session admin down state control) (Cont.)

Parameter name Destination IP address for the BFD session

Abbreviated name bfdDestAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the destination IP address to be used in the BFD session. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -







References -

Table 7 bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session)

DN0944234 73



4.4 bfdDetectMult (BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier)


Table 7 bfdDestAddress (Destination IP address for the BFD session) (Cont.)

Parameter name BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier

Abbreviated name bfdDetectMult

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description The negotiated BFD control word transmission interval, multiplied by this parameter, provides the detection time for lost packets in the BFD session. Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the FTM may lose in a row, before it shall declare the BFD session to be down. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 2... 10

Units -



Default value 5


Related functions -







References -


Table 8 bfdDetectMult (BFD session lost packets detection time multiplier)

74 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

4.5 bfdGrp (BFD group reference)

Parameter name BFD group reference

Abbreviated name bfdGrp

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter indicates on the BFD group to which the BFD session belongs.

The parameter is a managed object instance iden-tifier (LMOID), referencing an instance of object class BFDGRP. The parameter may remain empty, meaning the BFD session is not bound to a BFD group. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 0...40

Units characters



Default value -

Default value notes Default is the empty string. By default a BFD session is not assigned to any BFD group.

Related functions -







References -


Table 9 bfdGrp (BFD group reference)

DN0944234 75



4.6 bfdId (BFD session identifier)

4.7 bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session)

Parameter name BFD session identifier

Abbreviated name bfdId

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the BFD session.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 1... 16

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -







References -


Table 10 bfdId (BFD session identifier)

Parameter name Source IP address for the BFD session

Abbreviated name bfdSourceIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Table 11 bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session)

76 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

4.8 bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session)

Description This parameter specifies the source IP address to be used in BFD messages for the BFD session. This can be a network interface IP address or a virtual IP address.

To be entered in dotted decimal format. The param-eter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -







References -


Table 11 bfdSourceIpAddr (Source IP address for the BFD session) (Cont.)

Parameter name UDP source port of the BFD session

Abbreviated name bfdSourceUdpPort

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Table 12 bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session)

DN0944234 77



4.9 bfdType (BFD session type)

Description This parameter specifies the UDP source port to be used in the BFD session.

Note: value range and default value depend on the BFD type.

- For Multi Hop BFD, the value range is 4784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 4784.

- For Single Hop BFD the value range is 3784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 3784.

The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 3784... 65535

Units -



Default value 4784

Default value notes Since the default value of BFD Type is Multi Hop BFD, the default BFD UDP source port is 4784.

Related functions -


Related parameters bfdType of BFD - - For Multi Hop BFD, the value range is 4784, 49152...65535 and the default value = 4784.





References -


Table 12 bfdSourceUdpPort (UDP source port of the BFD session) (Cont.)

Parameter name BFD session type

Abbreviated name bfdType

3GPP name -

Table 13 bfdType (BFD session type)

78 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

4.10 desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval)

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the type of the BFD session: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD. The param-eter supports: FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range singleHopBFD (0), multiHopBFD (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

singleHopBFD ==> 0

multiHopBFD ==> 1

Default value multiHopBFD (1)


Related functions -







References -


Table 13 bfdType (BFD session type) (Cont.)

Parameter name Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval

Abbreviated name desMinTxInt

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Table 14 desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval)

DN0944234 79



4.11 reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval)

Description This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the BTS needs when transmitting BFD control packets for the BFD session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 100... 5000

Units -



Default value 500


Related functions -







References -


Table 14 desMinTxInt (Desired minimum BFD control word transmit interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name Required minimum BFD control word receive interval

Abbreviated name reqMinRxInt

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFD

Multiplicity 1

Table 15 reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval)

80 DN0944234



BFD Parameters

Description This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received BFD control packets that the FTM will support for the BFD session. The parame-ter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 100... 5000

Units -



Default value 500


Related functions -







References -


Table 15 reqMinRxInt (Required minimum BFD control word receive interval) (Cont.)

DN0944234 81

Transmission Parameters BFDGRP Parameters


5 BFDGRP Parameters

5.1 bfdGrpId (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier)

Parameter name Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier

Abbreviated name bfdGrpId

3GPP name -

Managed Object BFDGRP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies a BFD group. The param-eter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -







References -


Table 16 bfdGrpId (Bidirectional Forwarding Detection identifier)

82 DN0944234



CERTH Parameters

6 CERTH Parameters

6.1 btsCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for BTS certificate renewal)

6.2 caCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for CA certificate renewal)

Parameter name Update time for BTS certificate renewal

Abbreviated name btsCertificateUpdateTime

3GPP name -

Managed Object CERTH

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies how many days before a BTS certificate expires the BTS autonomously triggers a CMP update sequence.

Range 1... 4999

Units days



Default value 30

Default value notes The default is 1 month.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE665 LTE Certificate Management

Related features -


References -


Table 17 btsCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for BTS certificate renewal)

Parameter name Update time for CA certificate renewal

Table 18 caCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for CA certificate renewal)

DN0944234 83

Transmission Parameters CERTH Parameters


6.3 caSubjectName (CMP server subject name)

Abbreviated name caCertificateUpdateTime

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the number of days the BTS shall raise an alarm in advance to the "BTS own Trust Anchor" certificate expiry.

Range 1... 4999

Units days



Default value 180

Default value notes The default is 6 months.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 18 caCertificateUpdateTime (Update time for CA certificate renewal) (Cont.)

Parameter name CMP server subject name

Abbreviated name caSubjectName

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the CMP server by its subject name. It may either be detected by DHCP upon autoconnection or configured by the manage-ment system.

Table 19 caSubjectName (CMP server subject name)

84 DN0944234



CERTH Parameters

6.4 certhId (Certificate Handler configuration identifier)

Range 0...128

Units characters



Default value -

Default value notes Length value 0 means CA subject name is not con-figured.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]|!|#|\$|%|$|$|\*|\+|,|-|\.|/|:|;|=|\?|@|\[|\\|\]|\^|_|`|\{|\||\}|~| ){0,128}

Table 19 caSubjectName (CMP server subject name) (Cont.)

Parameter name Certificate Handler configuration identifier

Abbreviated name certhId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the certificate handler configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -

Table 20 certhId (Certificate Handler configuration identifier)

DN0944234 85



6.5 cmpServerIpAddress (CMP server IP address)





Related features -


References -


Table 20 certhId (Certificate Handler configuration identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name CMP server IP address

Abbreviated name cmpServerIpAddress

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This is the IP address of the Certificate Manage-ment Protocol server. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -

Table 21 cmpServerIpAddress (CMP server IP address)

86 DN0944234



CERTH Parameters

6.6 cmpServerPort (CMP server port number)


References -


Table 21 cmpServerIpAddress (CMP server IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name CMP server port number

Abbreviated name cmpServerPort

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This is the port number to be used for addressing the Certificate Management Protocol server.

Range 1... 65535

Units -



Default value 1024


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 22 cmpServerPort (CMP server port number)

DN0944234 87



6.7 crlUpdatePeriod (Certificate Revocation List update period)

Parameter name Certificate Revocation List update period

Abbreviated name crlUpdatePeriod

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the period for executing a periodical update of the Certificate Revocation List. The value is given in hours. Value 0 means "no peri-odical update".

Range 0... 8760

Units h



Default value 24


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 23 crlUpdatePeriod (Certificate Revocation List update period)

88 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7 ETHLK Parameters

7.1 acceptableFrameTypes (Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are discarded)

Parameter name Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are dis-carded

Abbreviated name acceptableFrameTypes

3GPP name -

Managed Object ETHLK

Multiplicity 1

Description If discardUntagged has value true, any untagged ingress frame is discarded.

If discardUntagged has value false, any untagged ingress frame is assigned internally the default VLAN ID, i.e. the value of parameter defaultVlanId. If the interface on which the packet is to be trans-mitted contains the same VLAN id in its list of con-figured VLAN identifiers (parameter ETHLK - l2VlanIdList), the packet will indeed be transmitted via this interface, else it will be discarded.

Range ADMIT_ALL (0), ADMIT_TAGGED (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

ADMIT_ALL ==> 0

ADMIT_TAGGED ==> 1

Default value ADMIT_ALL (0)


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -

Table 24 acceptableFrameTypes (Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are discarded)

DN0944234 89

Transmission Parameters ETHLK Parameters


7.2 administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link interface)


Table 24 acceptableFrameTypes (Flag to decide if untagged ingress frames are dis-carded) (Cont.)

Parameter name Administrative state of the ethernet link interface

Abbreviated name administrativeState

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 25 administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link interface)

90 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

Description This parameter is used to lock and unlock the ethernet link interface.

Locking the interface deactivates it.

Administrative state rules for correct configurations:

• Outdoor Module FSMx

1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSMx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSMx present.

2. ETHLK 0-2 at FSMx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSMx present and enable RP301Interface = false and if (TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-1 = “locked” and ETHLK 1-3 = “locked”).

3. ETHLK 1-1 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-3 is “locked and ETHLK 0-2 = “locked””.

4. ETHLK 1-2 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-4 is “locked”.

5. ETHLK 1-3 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present, ETHLK 1-1 is “locked” and ETHLK 0-2 = “locked”.

6. ETHLK 1-4 at FTIF/FTLF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FTIF/FTLF present and ETHLK 1-2 is “locked”.

• Indoor Module FSIx

1. ETHLK 0-1 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic Module FSIx present and ETHLK 0-3 is “locked”.




5. ETHLK 0-5 at FSIx can be “unlocked” if Basic module FSIx present and enable RP301Interface = false and TRS sub-module FIIF present and ETHLK 1-1=”locked” and ETHLK 1-2=”locked.

6. ETHLK 1-1 at FIIF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FIIF present, ETHLK 1-2 is “locked” and enable RP301Interface = false and ETHLK 0-5= “locked”.

7. ETHLK 1-2 at FIIF can be “unlocked” if TRS sub-module FIIF present and ETHLK 1-1 is “locked” and enable RP301Interface = false and ETHLK 0-5= “locked”.

Note: If ETHLK 0-5 at FSIx is “unlocked” and TRS sub-module FIIF gets added, then … if enableRP301Interface is true then it is used as rp3 interface else ETHLK 0-2 is locked and external module ports are used

DN0944234 91



7.3 ethLinkId (Ethernet link interface identifier)

Range locked (0), unlocked (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

locked ==> 0

unlocked ==> 1

Default value locked (0)


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 25 administrativeState (Administrative state of the ethernet link interface)

Parameter name Ethernet link interface identifier

Abbreviated name ethLinkId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 26 ethLinkId (Ethernet link interface identifier)

92 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

Description This parameter identifies the BTS transport Ethernet interface.

Format: "slot#-if#"

where

slot# = slot number of the unit containing the Ethernet interfaces, and

if# = the interface number of the physical interface on the unit

and

for FTIB/FTLB,

slot#: 1 : This is always 1, since there is only 1 slot.

if#: 1..3

for FSMF/FSMG (Flexi BTS Release 3 Outdoor System Module),

slot#: 0 : This is always 0, since Transport is integrated into common system module.

if#: 1..2 : Value range is 1..2 for EIF1..EIF2 on this unit

Additionally, EIF2 can be configured as an RP3-01 port.

for FSIF/FSIG (Flexi BTS Release 3 Indoor System Module),

slot#: 0 : This is always 0, since Transport is integrated into common system module.

if#: 1..5 : Value range is 1..5 for EIF1..EIF5.

Usage of EIF1 and EIF3 is mutually exclusive. Similarly for EIF2 and EIF4. Additionally, EIF5 can be configured as an RP3-01 port.

for FTIF (optional outdoor external Transport module),

slot#: 1 : The slot number is '1', since this is an additional unit


Usage of EIF1 and EIF3 is mutually exclusive. Similarly for EIF2 and EIF4. Usage of EIF1/EIF3 on this unit and EIF2 on FSM is mutually exclusive.

for FIIF (optional indoor external Transport module),

slot#: 1 : The slot number is '1', since this is an additional unit


Usage of EIF1 and EIF2 is mutually exclusive on this unit. Usage of EIF1/EIF2 on this unit and EIF5 on FSI unit is mutually exclusive.

Examples:

FTIB/FTLB:

DN0944234 93



7.4 l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size)

Range 3

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -

Validation pattern 0-[1-5]|1-[1-4]

Table 26 ethLinkId (Ethernet link interface identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Layer 2 switch member burst size

Abbreviated name l2BurstSize

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the maximum burst size that can be transmitted in a single burst in egress direction on this Ethernet interface of layer 2 switch. The burst size is actually calculated by < l2ShaperRate x l2BurstSize x 1sec >. Example: l2ShaperRate =100 Mb/s and l2BurstSize=1% results in a burst size of 1 Mbit = 125 Kbyte.

The step size is 0.1%. The maximum value is 6%. Default value is 0% (no bursts).

The parameter is only valid for the FTLB hardware unit.

Range 0... 60

Table 27 l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size)

94 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.5 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate)

Units 0.1%



Default value 0

Default value notes By default no bursts are allowed.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE649 QoS aware ethernet switching

Related features -


References -


Table 27 l2BurstSize (Layer 2 switch member burst size) (Cont.)

Parameter name Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate

Abbreviated name l2IngressRate

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the rate for limiting ingress traffic at the ethernet link interface. Parameter value unit = MBit/s.

The following granularities exist:

1 Mbps steps up to 10 Mpbs.

5 Mbps steps beyond 10 Mbps and up to 100 Mbps.

50 Mbps steps beyond 100 Mpbs and up to 1 Gbps.

Table 28 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate)

DN0944234 95



Range RT_LINE_RATE (0), RT_1 (1), RT_2 (2), RT_3 (3), RT_4 (4), RT_5 (5), RT_6 (6), RT_7 (7), RT_8 (8), RT_9 (9), RT_10 (10), RT_15 (15), RT_20 (20), RT_25 (25), RT_30 (30), RT_35 (35), RT_40 (40), RT_45 (45), RT_50 (50), RT_55 (55), RT_60 (60), RT_65 (65), RT_70 (70), RT_75 (75), RT_80 (80), RT_85 (85), RT_90 (90), RT_95 (95), RT_100 (100), RT_150 (150), RT_200 (200), RT_250 (250), RT_300 (300), RT_350 (350), RT_400 (400), RT_450 (450), RT_500 (500), RT_550 (550), RT_600 (600), RT_650 (650), RT_700 (700), RT_750 (750), RT_800 (800), RT_850 (850), RT_900 (900), RT_950 (950), RT_1000 (1000)

Units -

Table 28 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate) (Cont.)

96 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters


gui ==> internal

RT_LINE_RATE ==> 0

RT_1 ==> 1

RT_2 ==> 2

RT_3 ==> 3

RT_4 ==> 4

RT_5 ==> 5

RT_6 ==> 6

RT_7 ==> 7

RT_8 ==> 8

RT_9 ==> 9

RT_10 ==> 10

RT_15 ==> 15

RT_20 ==> 20

RT_25 ==> 25

RT_30 ==> 30

RT_35 ==> 35

RT_40 ==> 40

RT_45 ==> 45

RT_50 ==> 50

RT_55 ==> 55

RT_60 ==> 60

RT_65 ==> 65

RT_70 ==> 70

RT_75 ==> 75

RT_80 ==> 80

RT_85 ==> 85

RT_90 ==> 90

RT_95 ==> 95

RT_100 ==> 100

RT_150 ==> 150

RT_200 ==> 200

RT_250 ==> 250

RT_300 ==> 300

RT_350 ==> 350

RT_400 ==> 400

RT_450 ==> 450

RT_500 ==> 500

RT_550 ==> 550

RT_600 ==> 600

RT_650 ==> 650

RT_700 ==> 700

RT_750 ==> 750

RT 800 ==> 800

DN0944234 97



7.6 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate)

Default value RT_LINE_RATE (0)

Default value notes By default the configured line rate of the interface is used. This is defined in parameter ETHLK - speed-AndDuplex. If the line rate is not configured forcibly by the operator, it is autodetected by the BTS.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 28 l2IngressRate (Layer 2 switch member ingress limiting rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate

Abbreviated name l2ShaperRate

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 29 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate)

98 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

Description This parameter specifies egress the shaping rate of the Ethernet interface. Parameter value unit is in MBit/s.

The following granularities exist:

1 Mbps steps up to 10 Mbps.

5 Mbps steps beyond 10 Mbps and up to 100 Mbps.

50 Mbps steps beyond 100 Mbps and up to 1 Gbps.

NOTE:All Transport IF cards (FTIA,FTIB,FTFB,FTLB and FSMr3) shall support configuration of 1 Mbps at the switch-port shaper, but it is known, that FTLB effectively egresses 1.18 Mbps and FSMr3 egresses 1.56 Mbps, both of which are acceptable deviations.

Range RT_LINE_RATE (0), RT_1 (1), RT_2 (2), RT_3 (3), RT_4 (4), RT_5 (5), RT_6 (6), RT_7 (7), RT_8 (8), RT_9 (9), RT_10 (10), RT_15 (15), RT_20 (20), RT_25 (25), RT_30 (30), RT_35 (35), RT_40 (40), RT_45 (45), RT_50 (50), RT_55 (55), RT_60 (60), RT_65 (65), RT_70 (70), RT_75 (75), RT_80 (80), RT_85 (85), RT_90 (90), RT_95 (95), RT_100 (100), RT_150 (150), RT_200 (200), RT_250 (250), RT_300 (300), RT_350 (350), RT_400 (400), RT_450 (450), RT_500 (500), RT_550 (550), RT_600 (600), RT_650 (650), RT_700 (700), RT_750 (750), RT_800 (800), RT_850 (850), RT_900 (900), RT_950 (950), RT_1000 (1000)

Units -

Table 29 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate) (Cont.)

DN0944234 99




gui ==> internal

RT_LINE_RATE ==> 0

RT_1 ==> 1

RT_2 ==> 2

RT_3 ==> 3

RT_4 ==> 4

RT_5 ==> 5

RT_6 ==> 6

RT_7 ==> 7

RT_8 ==> 8

RT_9 ==> 9

RT_10 ==> 10

RT_15 ==> 15

RT_20 ==> 20

RT_25 ==> 25

RT_30 ==> 30

RT_35 ==> 35

RT_40 ==> 40

RT_45 ==> 45

RT_50 ==> 50

RT_55 ==> 55

RT_60 ==> 60

RT_65 ==> 65

RT_70 ==> 70

RT_75 ==> 75

RT_80 ==> 80

RT_85 ==> 85

RT_90 ==> 90

RT_95 ==> 95

RT_100 ==> 100

RT_150 ==> 150

RT_200 ==> 200

RT_250 ==> 250

RT_300 ==> 300

RT_350 ==> 350

RT_400 ==> 400

RT_450 ==> 450

RT_500 ==> 500

RT_550 ==> 550

RT_600 ==> 600

RT_650 ==> 650

RT_700 ==> 700

RT_750 ==> 750

RT 800 ==> 800

100 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.7 l2VlanIdList (Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list)

Default value RT_LINE_RATE (0)

Default value notes By default the configured line rate of the interface is used. This is defined in parameter ETHLK - speed-AndDuplex. If the line rate is not configured forcibly by the operator, it is autodetected by the BTS.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 29 l2ShaperRate (Layer 2 switch member egress shaping rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list

Abbreviated name l2VlanIdList

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 16

Description This parameter specifies the VLANs that are sup-ported over this ethernet interface. The parameter is a list of up to 16 entries where each entry repre-sents either a single VLAN identifier or a range of VLAN identifiers. If the VLAN identifier entries overlap, then the BTS internally will use a cleaned list of non-overlapping identifiers. The value of vlanIdList is however not changed by the BTS.

The default value of the parameter is the empty list.


-

Default value -


Table 30 l2VlanIdList (Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list)

DN0944234 101



7.8 highValue (Upper value of VLAN identifier range)

Related functions -

Child parameters • highValue • lowValue





Related features -


References -


Table 30 l2VlanIdList (Layer 2 switch member VLAN identifier list) (Cont.)

Parameter name Upper value of VLAN identifier range

Abbreviated name highValue

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the upper value of a range of VLAN identifiers.

VLAN id ‘1’ is reserved for un-tagged frames handling and should not be configured.

Range -1... 4094

Units -



Default value -1


Related functions -



Table 31 highValue (Upper value of VLAN identifier range)

102 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.9 lowValue (Low value of VLAN identifier range)



Related features -


References -


Table 31 highValue (Upper value of VLAN identifier range) (Cont.)

Parameter name Low value of VLAN identifier range

Abbreviated name lowValue

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies either a single VLAN iden-tifier or the lower value of a range of VLAN identifi-ers.

VLAN id ‘1’ is reserved for un-tagged frames handling and should not be configured.

Range 1... 4094

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


Table 32 lowValue (Low value of VLAN identifier range)

DN0944234 103



7.10 linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag)

References -


Table 32 lowValue (Low value of VLAN identifier range) (Cont.)

Parameter name Link OAM enabling flag

Abbreviated name linkOAMEnabled

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Enables the Link OAM functionality for this ethernet link. In consequence:

- the values of all statistics counters of the Link OAM feature for this interface are set to 0

- the Link OAM alarms for this interface are cleared

- the Link OAM discovery process is started, either in active or in passive mode.

The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW. FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this param-eter.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes Link OAM is not enabled for the interface.

Related functions -


Related parameters linkOAMProfile of ETHLK - The value of linkOAMEnabled shall only be set to true, if the value of linkOAMProfile is not the empty string but references an existing instance of object class OAMPRF.


Related options • LTE140 Ethernet OAM

Related features -

Table 33 linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag)

104 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.11 linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference)


References -


Table 33 linkOAMEnabled (Link OAM enabling flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Link OAM profile reference

Abbreviated name linkOAMProfile

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description A reference to a Link OAM profile. This is a distin-guished name referencing an instance of class OAMPRF.

Format: "FTM-1/OAMPRF-*"

The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.

where

FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO)

OAMPRF-#, # = an instance of object class OAMPRF

Example: FTM-1/OAMPRF-1

FSMr3 HW is not supported in RL40 for this param-eter.

Range 0...40

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -



Table 34 linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference)

DN0944234 105



7.12 macAddr (MAC address)



Related features -


References -

Validation pattern FTM-1/OAMPRF-[1-5]

Table 34 linkOAMProfile (Link OAM profile reference) (Cont.)

Parameter name MAC address

Abbreviated name macAddr

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter shows the MAC address of the ethernet interface.

Range 17

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -

Interfaces • LTE BTS -> EM • LTE BTS -> RAC

References -


Table 35 macAddr (MAC address)

106 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.13 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority)

Parameter name Port default VLAN priority

Abbreviated name portDefaultPriority

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Default VLAN priority for untagged frames.

Every untagged ingress Ethernet frame at this inter-face gets assigned this Port Default Priority. If QoS classification mode is configured to VLAN-PCP, this priority is used for enqueing decision of the frame. If the frame egresses the switch tagged, this priority shall be used in the VLAN tag header.

Range 0... 7

Units -



Default value 0


Related functions -





Related features -

Interfaces • LTE BTS <-> RAC • RAC <-> RACApp • EM <-> LTE BTS

References -


Table 36 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority)

DN0944234 107



7.14 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

Parameter name Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching

Abbreviated name portDefaultVlanId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the VLAN identifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value false for the Ethernet interface.

In order that the frame will be transmitted via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet interface (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be discarded.

NOTE:Default VLAN id cannot be configured as a part of interface's configured VLAN id list.

Range 1... 4094

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes Default VLAN id = 1.

Related functions -


Related parameters l2VlanIdList of ETHLK - Default VLAN id cannot be configured as a part of inter-face's configured VLAN id list

l2SwitchingMode of ETHLK - VLAN aware switching mode should be enabled (l2SwitchingMode="VLAN_ID")



Related features -

Table 37 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

108 DN0944234



ETHLK Parameters

7.15 speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration )


References -


Table 37 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching) (Cont.)

Parameter name Speed and duplex configuration

Abbreviated name speedAndDuplex

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specificies if the ethernet link char-acteristics are autonegotiated or not.

If not, the attribute contains the capacity and the duplex mode to be set forcibly. Note that 1000 MBit is available only on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (GE).

Note: In case the shared RP3-01/TRS port (i.e. FCT-EIF2) is configured for transport, exclusively 1000 Mbps link speed is supported.

Range AUTODETECT (0), 1000MBIT_FULL (1), 100MBIT_FULL (2), 10MBIT_FULL (3)

Units -


gui ==> internal

AUTODETECT ==> 0

1000MBIT_FULL ==> 1

100MBIT_FULL ==> 2

10MBIT_FULL ==> 3

Default value AUTODETECT (0)


Related functions -




Related options -

Table 38 speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration )

DN0944234 109



Related features -


References -


Table 38 speedAndDuplex (Speed and duplex configuration ) (Cont.)

110 DN0944234



FTM Parameters

8 FTM Parameters

8.1 ftmId (Transport module identifier)

8.2 locationName (Network element location name)

Parameter name Transport module identifier

Abbreviated name ftmId

3GPP name -

Managed Object FTM

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies BTS transport.

The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 39 ftmId (Transport module identifier)

Parameter name Network element location name

Abbreviated name locationName

3GPP name -

Managed Object FTM

Table 40 locationName (Network element location name)

DN0944234 111

Transmission Parameters FTM Parameters


8.3 softwareReleaseVersion (Software Release Version)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the description of the geo-graphical location of the network element. The format can be freely decided by the operator. The parameter may also be empty.

Range 0...50

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features • LTE147 LTE Hardware Management


References -


Table 40 locationName (Network element location name) (Cont.)

Parameter name Software Release Version

Abbreviated name softwareReleaseVersion

3GPP name -

Managed Object FTM

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter shows the SW release version of the FTM.

Range 1...50

Units characters



Table 41 softwareReleaseVersion (Software Release Version)

112 DN0944234



FTM Parameters

8.4 systemTitle (Network element system name)

Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features • LTE655 LTE Software Management


References -

Validation pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]|\$|%|$|$|\*|\+|,|-|\.|/|:|;|=|\?|@|\[|\\|\]|\^|_|`|\{|\||\}|~| ){0,50}

Table 41 softwareReleaseVersion (Software Release Version) (Cont.)

Parameter name Network element system name

Abbreviated name systemTitle

3GPP name -

Managed Object FTM

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the the name of the network element. The operator can freely define the value of this parameter.

Range 0...80

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Table 42 systemTitle (Network element system name)

DN0944234 113

Transmission Parameters FTM Parameters


8.5 userLabel (Network element user defined description)



References -


Table 42 systemTitle (Network element system name) (Cont.)

Parameter name Network element user defined description

Abbreviated name userLabel

3GPP name -

Managed Object FTM

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds a short description of the network element. The format can be freely decided by the operator. The parameter may also remain empty.

Range 0...128

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -

Table 43 userLabel (Network element user defined description)

114 DN0944234



FTM Parameters


Table 43 userLabel (Network element user defined description) (Cont.)

DN0944234 115

Transmission Parameters IDNS Parameters


9 IDNS Parameters

9.1 dnsAccessId (DNS servers access configuration identi-fier)

9.2 serverIpAddress (IP address of the primary DNS server)

Parameter name DNS servers access configuration identifier

Abbreviated name dnsAccessId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IDNS

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the DNS Access configu-ration object. Value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE482 DNS support for certificate examina-tion

Related features -


References -


Table 44 dnsAccessId (DNS servers access configuration identifier)

Parameter name IP address of the primary DNS server

Abbreviated name serverIpAddress

Table 45 serverIpAddress (IP address of the primary DNS server)

116 DN0944234



IDNS Parameters

9.3 serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server)

3GPP name -

Managed Object IDNS

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server. If the parameter has a valid value (not empty, not 0.0.0.0) this server is queried first for DNS resolution.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 45 serverIpAddress (IP address of the primary DNS server) (Cont.)

Parameter name IP address of the secondary DNS server

Abbreviated name serverIpAddress2

3GPP name -

Managed Object IDNS

Multiplicity 1

Table 46 serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server)

DN0944234 117

Transmission Parameters IDNS Parameters


Description This parameter specifies the IP address of the sec-ondary DNS server. The secondary DNS is queried if the primary DNS is configured but not accessible.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -


Related parameters serverIpAddress of IDNS - If the primary DNS is configured but not accessible then the secondary DNS is queried



Related features -


References -


Table 46 serverIpAddress2 (IP address of the secondary DNS server) (Cont.)

118 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters

10 IEIF Parameters

10.1 ethIfNetId (Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface)

10.2 localIpAddr (IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface)

Parameter name Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface

Abbreviated name ethIfNetId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the BTS transport Ethernet-based IP interface.


Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 47 ethIfNetId (Identifier of the ethernet based IP interface)

Parameter name IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface

Abbreviated name localIpAddr

Table 48 localIpAddr (IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface)

DN0944234 119

Transmission Parameters IEIF Parameters


10.3 mtu (Maximum transfer unit)

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface towards the external transport network. It has an associated subnet mask.

If the address is set to 0.0.0.0, the interface is taken out of use. Instead, VLAN interfaces are used (IVIF object instance).

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE664 LTE transport protocol stack on IPv4

Related features -


References -


Table 48 localIpAddr (IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface) (Cont.)

Parameter name Maximum transfer unit

Abbreviated name mtu

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Table 49 mtu (Maximum transfer unit)

120 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters

10.4 netmask (Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network inter-face)

Description This is the maximum transfer unit of the Ethernet interface.

Range 576... 1644

Units octets



Default value 1500


Related functions -





Related features • LTE931 Ethernet Jumbo Frames


References -


Table 49 mtu (Maximum transfer unit) (Cont.)

Parameter name Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network inter-face

Abbreviated name netmask

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the subnet mask of the IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -

Table 50 netmask (Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network interface)

DN0944234 121



10.5 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag)


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 50 netmask (Subnet mask of the plain Ethernet network interface) (Cont.)

Parameter name QOS traffic priorization enabling flag

Abbreviated name qosEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this interface or only a single one. Multiple PHB queues allow DSCP based traffic pri-oritization.

The plain Ethernet interface by default has the 6 PHB queue scheduler.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes The plain IP interface by default has the 6 PHB queue scheduler.

Related functions -


Table 51 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag)

122 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters

10.6 sbs (Shaper burst size)



Related options -

Related features • LTE131 Traffic prioritization on IP layer (Diff-serv)


References -


Table 51 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorization enabling flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Shaper burst size

Abbreviated name sbs

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the shaper burst size for the interface.

Range 1522... 2000000

Units octets



Default value 1522


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features • LTE138 Traffic Shaping (UL)


Table 52 sbs (Shaper burst size)

DN0944234 123



10.7 sbsTotal (Total Shaper Burst Size)

10.8 sir (Shaper information rate)

References -


Table 52 sbs (Shaper burst size) (Cont.)

Parameter name Total Shaper Burst Size

Abbreviated name sbsTotal

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description The Total Shaper Burst Size ("SBS") defines the maximum burst size that is allowed to pass at the output of the WFQ aggregator.

Range 1522... 2000000

Units octets



Default value 1522


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 53 sbsTotal (Total Shaper Burst Size)

Parameter name Shaper information rate

Table 54 sir (Shaper information rate)

124 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters

10.9 sirTotal (Total shaper information rate)

Abbreviated name sir

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the shaper information rate for the interface.

For FTLB, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.18 Mbps and on FSM-r3, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.56 Mbps due to technical limitations on Octeon.

Range 100... 1000000

Units kbps



Default value 1000000


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 54 sir (Shaper information rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Total shaper information rate

Abbreviated name sirTotal

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Table 55 sirTotal (Total shaper information rate)

DN0944234 125



10.10 trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag)

Description This parameter holds the total Shaper Information Rate ("SIR") at the output of the WFQ aggregator.

Range 500... 1000000

Units kbps





Related functions -


Related parameters trafficPathShapingEnable of IEIF

Parameter relationships Parameter sirTotal is only relevant in case parame-ter trafficPathShapingEnable has value TPS_WFQ.

Related options -



References -


Table 55 sirTotal (Total shaper information rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag

Abbreviated name trafficPathShapingEnable

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter decides on the type of shaping in case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is enabled, shaping at the level of each VLAN is enabled, else shaping at the WFQ aggregator level is enabled. Shaping may also be switched off entirely.

Range TPS_OFF (0), TPS_WFQ (1), TPS_PATH (2)

Units -

Table 56 trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag)

126 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters

10.11 upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)


gui ==> internal

TPS_OFF ==> 0

TPS_WFQ ==> 1

TPS_PATH ==> 2

Default value TPS_PATH (2)

Default value notes The default is 'shaping on each interface'.

Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 56 trafficPathShapingEnable (Traffic Path Shaping Enabling Flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping

Abbreviated name upperLayerShaping

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter decides if shaping takes the ethernet overhead into account. If the flag has value "true", the shaped bandwidth is the band-width on the IP layer only. If the flag has value "false", the ethernet header is counted also.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Table 57 upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)

DN0944234 127



10.12 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight)

Default value notes By default the ethernet shaping should be disabled.

Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 57 upperLayerShaping (Take ethernet overhead into account when shaping)

Parameter name WFQ aggregator queue weight

Abbreviated name wfqSchedQueueWeight

3GPP name -

Managed Object IEIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for this interface.

Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 1000


Related functions -




Related options • LTE132 VLAN based traffic differentiation


Table 58 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight)

128 DN0944234



IEIF Parameters


References -


Table 58 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight) (Cont.)

DN0944234 129

Transmission Parameters IHCP Parameters


11 IHCP Parameters

11.1 client_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a system name)

Parameter name Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a system name

Abbreviated name client_identifier

3GPP name -

Managed Object IHCP

Multiplicity 10

Description This is the set of entries in the DHCP database of the BTS that is used to bind an IP address to a DHCP client that identifies itself at the BTS by a system name (by a "text string").


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • dhcpClientIdentifier • dhcpFixedIpAddress




Related options • LTE684 DHCP Server for Flexi LTE BTS Site Devices

Related features -


References -


Table 59 client_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a system name)

130 DN0944234



IHCP Parameters

11.2 dhcpClientIdentifier (DHCP Client Identifier)

11.3 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address)

Parameter name DHCP Client Identifier

Abbreviated name dhcpClientIdentifier

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is a unique string used in the DHCP server of the BTS for identifying a DHCP client that is assigned a fixed IP address.

This may either be one of the predefined names "RET1" (Remote Electrical Tilt), "RET2", "BBU" and "LMU" or a user-defined name consisting of up to 20 digits [0-9] or letters [a-z] and [A-Z].

Range 1...20

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern [a-zA-Z0-9]{1,20}

Table 60 dhcpClientIdentifier (DHCP Client Identifier)

Parameter name DHCP Fixed IP Address

Abbreviated name dhcpFixedIpAddress

Table 61 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address)

DN0944234 131



11.4 dhcpAccessId (DHCP Server Identifier)

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the fixed IP address that is to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the name specified in parameter dhcp-ClientIdentifier.

The IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the BTS. However, neither the IP addresses of the BTS nor its subnet IP address must be used.

To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 61 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP Server Identifier

Abbreviated name dhcpAccessId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IHCP

Table 62 dhcpAccessId (DHCP Server Identifier)

132 DN0944234



IHCP Parameters

11.5 hardware_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC address)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the unique DHCP Server object in the BTS. Its value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 62 dhcpAccessId (DHCP Server Identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC address

Abbreviated name hardware_identifier

3GPP name -

Managed Object IHCP

Multiplicity 10

Description This is set of entries in the DHCP database of the BTS. This set of entries is used to bind an IP address to a DHCP client that identifies itself at BTS by a hardware address (by a "MAC address").

Table 63 hardware_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC address)

DN0944234 133



11.6 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address)


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • dhcpFixedIpAddress • dhcpHardwareIdentifier





Related features -


References -


Table 63 hardware_identifier (Entry set for DHCP clients identified by a MAC address) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP Fixed IP Address

Abbreviated name dhcpFixedIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the fixed IP address that is to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the MAC address specified in parameter dhcpHardwareIdentifier.



Range 7...15

Units characters

Table 64 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address)

134 DN0944234



IHCP Parameters

11.7 dhcpHardwareIdentifier (DHCP Hardware Identifier)



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 64 dhcpFixedIpAddress (DHCP Fixed IP Address) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP Hardware Identifier

Abbreviated name dhcpHardwareIdentifier

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the unique hardware (MAC) address within the DHCP server of the BTS by which a DHCP client identifies itself at the BTS. The server will then assign the IP address of the parameter "DHCP Fixed IP Address" to the client.

Range 17

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -

Table 65 dhcpHardwareIdentifier (DHCP Hardware Identifier)

DN0944234 135



11.8 range_identifier (DHCP IP address pool)





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern ([a-fA-F0-9]{2}:){5}[a-fA-F0-9]{2}

Table 65 dhcpHardwareIdentifier (DHCP Hardware Identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP IP address pool

Abbreviated name range_identifier

3GPP name -

Managed Object IHCP

Multiplicity 1

Description This entry reserves an IP address range to be used for assignments for the DHCP clients.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • dhcpRangeEnd • dhcpRangeStart





Related features -

Table 66 range_identifier (DHCP IP address pool)

136 DN0944234



IHCP Parameters

11.9 dhcpRangeEnd (DHCP Range End IP Address)


References -


Table 66 range_identifier (DHCP IP address pool) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP Range End IP Address

Abbreviated name dhcpRangeEnd

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the final IP address of the DHCP IP address range.

The IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the BTS.

However, neither the IP addresses of the BTS nor its subnet IP address must be used.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


Table 67 dhcpRangeEnd (DHCP Range End IP Address)

DN0944234 137



11.10 dhcpRangeStart (DHCP Range Start IP Address)

References -


Table 67 dhcpRangeEnd (DHCP Range End IP Address) (Cont.)

Parameter name DHCP Range Start IP Address

Abbreviated name dhcpRangeStart

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the starting IP address of the DHCP IP address range.



Range 0...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 68 dhcpRangeStart (DHCP Range Start IP Address)

138 DN0944234



INTP Parameters

12 INTP Parameters

12.1 ntpAccessId (NTP configuration entity identifier)

12.2 ntpServers (List of NTP server IP addresses)

Parameter name NTP configuration entity identifier

Abbreviated name ntpAccessId

3GPP name -

Managed Object INTP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the unique NTP configu-ration entity of the BTS. The value is always 1. Exactly 1 NTP configuration entity always exists on the BTS.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 69 ntpAccessId (NTP configuration entity identifier)

Parameter name List of NTP server IP addresses

Abbreviated name ntpServers

3GPP name -

Table 70 ntpServers (List of NTP server IP addresses)

DN0944234 139

Transmission Parameters INTP Parameters


Managed Object INTP

Multiplicity 3

Description This parameter specifies the IP addresses of the NTP servers. To be entered in the dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE158 NTP clock time synchronization

Related features -


References -


Table 70 ntpServers (List of NTP server IP addresses) (Cont.)

140 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13 IPNO Parameters

13.1 actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing)

Parameter name Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing

Abbreviated name actFastIpRerouting

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This flag enables/disables the optional feature Fast IP Rerouting.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the feature is disabled.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 71 actFastIpRerouting (Feature Activation Flag For Fast IP Re-Routing)

DN0944234 141

Transmission Parameters IPNO Parameters


13.2 actIpTnlMeasure (Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Measurement)

Parameter name Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Mea-surement

Abbreviated name actIpTnlMeasure

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This flag enables/disables the optional feature IP Transport Network Measurement.

The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.


NOTE: The individual sessions creation and other related parameters configuration should be allowed irrespective of state of this flag.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the feature is disabled.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE574 Transport network measurement

Related features -


References -


Table 72 actIpTnlMeasure (Feature Activation Flag IPTransport Network Measurement)

142 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.3 bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protection)

13.4 btsId (Base station identifier)

Parameter name BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protec-tion

Abbreviated name bfdHoldUpTime

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the delay for re-installig routes as active ones after a BFD session has recovered from down to up state. Defining a delay can prevent from too heavy toggling of de-installing and re-installing routes for unstable BFD sessions.

Range 0... 900

Units -



Default value 0


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 73 bfdHoldUpTime (BFD Hold-Up time delay for re-installing the protection)

Parameter name Base station identifier

Abbreviated name btsId

Table 74 btsId (Base station identifier)

DN0944234 143



13.5 cPlaneIpAddress (Control plane IP address)

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the base station in the transport network.

Range 0... 1048575

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -

Modification BTS restart needed




Related features -


References -


Table 74 btsId (Base station identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Control plane IP address

Abbreviated name cPlaneIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 75 cPlaneIpAddress (Control plane IP address)

144 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.6 disableFtp (Disable FTP server)

Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for control plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a network interface IP address. If it does not collapse with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual.

The control plane IP address may also collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the mPlaneIpAddress and the sPlaneIpAddress.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features • LTE875 Different IP addresses for U/C/M-plane


References -


Table 75 cPlaneIpAddress (Control plane IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Disable FTP server

Abbreviated name disableFtp

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 76 disableFtp (Disable FTP server)

DN0944234 145



13.7 ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address)

Description Control whether to allow/disallow running FTP server on Transport module for security reasons. Valid for only FTLB and FTIB HW support.

Range FTP_SERVER_ENABLED (0), FTP_SERVER_DISABLED (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

FTP_SERVER_ENABLED ==> 0

FTP_SERVER_DISABLED ==> 1

Default value FTP_SERVER_ENABLED (0)


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -

Interfaces • RAC <-> LTE BTS • RAC <-> RACApp • EM <-> LTE BTS

References -


Table 76 disableFtp (Disable FTP server) (Cont.)

Parameter name BTS subnet IP address

Abbreviated name ftmBtsSubnetAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the IP address for the BTS subnet. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Table 77 ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address)

146 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.8 ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address)

Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 77 ftmBtsSubnetAddress (BTS subnet IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address

Abbreviated name ftmBtsSubnetMask

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Table 78 ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address)

DN0944234 147



13.9 icmpResponseEnabled (Enable response to ICMP traffic)


Related features -


References -


Table 78 ftmBtsSubnetMask (Subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Enable response to ICMP traffic

Abbreviated name icmpResponseEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter controls if the BTS should respond to ICMP and traceroute requests.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -




Related options • LTE692-a LTE Firewall Support

Related features -


References -


Table 79 icmpResponseEnabled (Enable response to ICMP traffic)

148 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.10 ipNodeId (IP node configuration identifier)

13.11 linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling flag)

Parameter name IP node configuration identifier

Abbreviated name ipNodeId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the BTS transport IP node configuration.


Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 80 ipNodeId (IP node configuration identifier)

Parameter name Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling flag

Abbreviated name linkOAMLoopbackSupport

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Table 81 linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling flag)

DN0944234 149



13.12 mPlaneIpAddress (Management plane IP address)

Multiplicity 1

Description If set to "true", the FTM enables the discovery process for Link OAM loopback requests initiated by a remote network element. If set to "false", loopback initiated from the remote network are not accepted by the FTM.




Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default, the FTM does not accept loopbacks ini-tiated from a remote network.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 81 linkOAMLoopbackSupport (Link OAM remote loopback discovery enabling flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Management plane IP address

Abbreviated name mPlaneIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 82 mPlaneIpAddress (Management plane IP address)

150 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.13 oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system)

Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for management plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a network interface IP address. If it does not collapse with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual.

The management plane IP address may also collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the sPlaneI-pAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 82 mPlaneIpAddress (Management plane IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Transport network IP address of the O&M system

Abbreviated name oamIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 83 oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system)

DN0944234 151



13.14 oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag)

Description This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the O&M system for the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

If only 1 OMS IP is configured, then BTS executes an autonomous site reset after change of that IP address so that BTS will take into use the new values.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -


Related parameters servingOms of IPNO - If more than 1 IP is configured, then to change the IP address of the current serving OMS (primary/sec-ondary),


Related options • LTE475 Automatic iOMS resiliency

Related features -


References -


Table 83 oamIpAddr (Transport network IP address of the O&M system) (Cont.)

Parameter name Optional TLV message reply flag

Abbreviated name oamTlvReply

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 84 oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag)

152 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.15 omsTls (TLS usage towards the OPS system)

Description If this parameter is set to "true", the optional TLV received in a Link Trace or Loopback message (LTM or LBM message) is sent back unchecked in the corresponding reply message (LTR, or LBR).

If this parameter is set to "false", the received optional TLV is ignored and not being sent in the reply-message. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default TLV is ignored.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 84 oamTlvReply (Optional TLV message reply flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name TLS usage towards the OPS system

Abbreviated name omsTls

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 85 omsTls (TLS usage towards the OPS system)

DN0944234 153



13.16 sPlaneIpAddress (Synchronization plane application IP address)

Description This parameter specifies the usage of TLS between the eNB and the OPS system.

The usage of TLS requires that valid certificates are installed to the eNB.

Range off (0), forced (1), probing (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

off ==> 0

forced ==> 1

probing ==> 2

Default value off (0)

Default value notes Default value of this parameter in case of auto con-nection should be probing.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE150 LTE OAM Transport Layer Security

Related features -


References -


Table 85 omsTls (TLS usage towards the OPS system) (Cont.)

Parameter name Synchronization plane application IP address

Abbreviated name sPlaneIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 86 sPlaneIpAddress (Synchronization plane application IP address)

154 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.17 secOmsIpAddr (Secondary OMS IP address)

Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for synchronization plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a network interface IP address. If it does not collapse with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual.

The synchronization plane IP address may also collapse with the uPlaneIpAddress, the mPlaneI-pAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 86 sPlaneIpAddress (Synchronization plane application IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Secondary OMS IP address

Abbreviated name secOmsIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 87 secOmsIpAddr (Secondary OMS IP address)

DN0944234 155



13.18 servingOms (Serving OMS)

Description This parameter specifies the IP address of the OMS serving in secondary role. It is used for OMS resil-iency.

Value "0.0.0.0" means the parameter is not used: a secondary OMS is not defined.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value 0.0.0.0

Default value notes The default value means "not used".

Related functions -


Related parameters servingOms of IPNO - If more than 1 IP is configured, then to change the IP address of the current serving OMS (primary/sec-ondary),



Related features -


References -


Table 87 secOmsIpAddr (Secondary OMS IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Serving OMS

Abbreviated name servingOms

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter shows which OMS (primary or sec-ondary) is the current serving OMS. This is a read-only parameter.

Table 88 servingOms (Serving OMS)

156 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.19 servingOmsAdminSetting (Serving OMS administrative setting)

Range none (0), primary (1), secondary (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

none ==> 0

primary ==> 1

secondary ==> 2

Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 88 servingOms (Serving OMS) (Cont.)

Parameter name Serving OMS administrative setting

Abbreviated name servingOmsAdminSetting

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the administrator prefer-ence for how the NE should select its serving OMS. Automatic selection (value "automatic") means that the NE autonomously selects its serving OMS based on availability of the configured primary or secondary OMS. The NE may also be administra-tively assigned/locked to either the configured primary or the configured secondary OMS (values "primaryForced" and "secondaryForced").

Table 89 servingOmsAdminSetting (Serving OMS administrative setting)

DN0944234 157



13.20 servingOmsSwoRequest (Serving OMS switchover request)

Range automatic (0), primaryForced (1), secondaryForced (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

automatic ==> 0

primaryForced ==> 1

secondaryForced ==> 2

Default value automatic (0)

Default value notes NE selects serving OMS autonomously.

Related functions -


Related parameters secOmsIpAddr of IPNO - To be able to switch to the secondary OMS, either auton-omously or via administrative switch-over, or to administratively assign/lock to the secondary OMS, the secondary OMS IP address must have a valid value.

servingOmsSwoRequest of IPNO - When the serving OMS administrative setting is "primaryForced" or "secondaryForced", and the current serving OMS is different from that in the serving OMS administrative setting, a switch-over is implicit and a separate switch-over request is not needed.



Related features -


References -


Table 89 servingOmsAdminSetting (Serving OMS administrative setting) (Cont.)

Parameter name Serving OMS switchover request

Abbreviated name servingOmsSwoRequest

Table 90 servingOmsSwoRequest (Serving OMS switchover request)

158 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter requests an administrative switch-over from current serving OMS (primary or second-ary) to the other OMS. The parameter value speci-fies the OMS to which the switch-over is requested.

Range noSwitchover (0), primaryRequested (1), second-aryRequested (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

noSwitchover ==> 0

primaryRequested ==> 1

secondaryRequested ==> 2

Default value noSwitchover (0)

Default value notes By default no switchover is requested.

Related functions -


Related parameters servingOmsAdminSetting of IPNO - If the configured secondary OMS IP address is unreachable, recovery via automatic OMS switch-over is possible only if servingOmsAdminSetting is "automatic".

secOmsIpAddr of IPNO - To be able to switch to the secondary OMS, either auton-omously or via administrative switch-over, or to administratively assign/lock to the secondary OMS, the secondary OMS IP address must have a valid value.



Related features -

Interfaces • EM -> LTE BTS • RAC -> LTE BTS • RAC <-> RACApp

References -


Table 90 servingOmsSwoRequest (Serving OMS switchover request) (Cont.)

DN0944234 159



13.21 twampFlag (TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator)

Parameter name TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator

Abbreviated name twampFlag

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 48

Description This structure handles the enables/disables the TWAMP reflector and UDP echo functionality for the each application and IP interface object.

This can have a maximum of 10 instances as per configured addresses. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • twampIpAddress • twampReflFlag • udpEchoFlag





Related features -


References -


Table 91 twampFlag (TWAMP reflector and udp echo flag indicator)

160 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.22 twampIpAddress (TWAMP application or IP interface address)

Parameter name TWAMP application or IP interface address

Abbreviated name twampIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for the application or IP interface object. Each address specified in this structure for TWAMP usage must be identical with one of the configured eNB application or interface IP addresses.

To be entered in dotted decimal format. The paramter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 92 twampIpAddress (TWAMP application or IP interface address)

DN0944234 161



13.23 twampReflFlag (TWAMP message response enabling flag)

13.24 udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag)

Parameter name TWAMP message response enabling flag

Abbreviated name twampReflFlag

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This flag enables/disables the TWAMP reflector functionality for the application or IP interface object. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the TWAMP reflector is switched off.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 93 twampReflFlag (TWAMP message response enabling flag)

Parameter name UDP echo flag

Abbreviated name udpEchoFlag

3GPP name -

Table 94 udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag)

162 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.25 twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages)

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This flag enables/disables the UDP echo function-ality for the application or IP interface object. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the UDP echo is switched off.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 94 udpEchoFlag (UDP echo flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages

Abbreviated name twampMessageRate

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 95 twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages)

DN0944234 163



13.26 twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number)

Description This parameter specifies the overall rate at which the BTS sends TWAMP initiator messages. The messages are evenly spread over the enabled TWAMP sessions at any given time. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range RATE_1 (0), RATE_10 (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

RATE_1 ==> 0

RATE_10 ==> 1

Default value RATE_10 (1)


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 95 twampMessageRate (TWAMP initiator rate for sending messages) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP reflector port number

Abbreviated name twampReflectorPort

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 96 twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number)

164 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

13.27 uPlaneIpAddress (User plane IP address)

Description This parameter specifies the source port that is assigned to the TWAMP reflector. The sender on any measurement request packet shall use that port to reach the TWAMP reflector. The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW Values.


Range 1... 65535

Units -



Default value 5000

Default value notes IANA-assigned well-known twamp-control port

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 96 twampReflectorPort (TWAMP reflector port number) (Cont.)

Parameter name User plane IP address

Abbreviated name uPlaneIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Multiplicity 1

Table 97 uPlaneIpAddress (User plane IP address)

DN0944234 165



13.28 wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages)

Description This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for user plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a network interface IP address. If it does not collapse with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual.

The user plane IP address may also collapse with the mPlaneIpAddress, the sPlaneIpAddress and the cPlaneIpAddress.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 97 uPlaneIpAddress (User plane IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages

Abbreviated name wfqSchedOamWeight

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPNO

Table 98 wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages)

166 DN0944234



IPNO Parameters

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for Service OAM messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 10

Default value notes In WCDMA, we have a default value of 1 Mbps for Service OAM CIR. If you derive the scheduler weight from CIR as recommended, you get 10. So using 10 means alignment between LTE & WCDMA.

Related functions -







References -


Table 98 wfqSchedOamWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight for Service OAM messages) (Cont.)

DN0944234 167

Transmission Parameters IPRM Parameters


14 IPRM Parameters

14.1 RmExceptions (Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list))

Parameter name Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list)

Abbreviated name RmExceptions

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPRM

Multiplicity 32

Description The IPRM object provides filtering services for IP packets from and to the attached site support equipment. In this concept, by default the site support equipment cannot be accessed. IPRM defines up to 32 exceptions to this rule. Each exception is defined as a destination IP address to/from which traffic is allowed. Ports or protocol types are not taken into account.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • sourceTwoDiscr • sourceTwoIpAddr • sourceTwoNetMask • userLabel




Related options • LTE746 IP based Filtering for BTS Site Support Equipment

Related features -


References -


Table 99 RmExceptions (Restricted Mode exception list (IP address list))

168 DN0944234



IPRM Parameters

14.2 sourceTwoDiscr (How is source two defined?)

Parameter name How is source two defined?

Abbreviated name sourceTwoDiscr

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description With this parameter, the user can select the way how to define source two.

The possible values are:

SINGLE: a single IP address

RANGE: a range of IP addresses given by an IP address and a subnet mask

WILDCARD: any IP adress is allowed

Range SINGLE (1), RANGE (2), WILDCARD (3)

Units -


gui ==> internal

SINGLE ==> 1

RANGE ==> 2

WILDCARD ==> 3

Default value SINGLE (1)


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 100 sourceTwoDiscr (How is source two defined?)

DN0944234 169



14.3 sourceTwoIpAddr (IP address for source two)

Parameter name IP address for source two

Abbreviated name sourceTwoIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter is only meaningful if parameter sourceTwoDiscr has value SINGLE or RANGE.

If sourceTwoDisc has value SINGLE, this parame-ter specifies the only IP address from / towards which traffic is allowed.

If sourceTwoDisc has value RANGE, this parame-ter specifies the upper limit of a range of IP addresses from / towards which traffic is allowed.


Range 7...15

Units characters




Default value notes Value 0.0.0.0 means the address is not used.

Related functions -


Related parameters sourceTwoDiscr of IPRM - Parameter sourceTwoIpAddr is only relevant if parameter sourceTwoDiscr has value SINGLE or RANGE.



Related features -


References -


Table 101 sourceTwoIpAddr (IP address for source two)

170 DN0944234



IPRM Parameters

14.4 sourceTwoNetMask (Subnet mask for source two IP address)

Parameter name Subnet mask for source two IP address

Abbreviated name sourceTwoNetMask

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter is meaningful only if source two is defined as RANGE; in all other cases it is ignored.

"SourceTwoNet Mask" specifies a netmask which, when applied to "IP address for source two", yields the allowed range of IP addresses for source two.


Range 7...15

Units characters




Default value notes Value 0.0.0.0 means the netmask is not used.

Related functions -


Related parameters sourceTwoDiscr of IPRM - Parameter sourceTwoNetMask is only relevant if the parameter sourceTwoDiscr has the value RANGE.



Related features -


References -


Table 102 sourceTwoNetMask (Subnet mask for source two IP address)

DN0944234 171



14.5 userLabel (User Label)

14.6 iprmId (IP Restricted Mode object identifier)

Parameter name User Label

Abbreviated name userLabel

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description An alphanumeric string assigned by the user to identify the Restricted Mode exception.

Range 1...40

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]|_| ){1,40}

Table 103 userLabel (User Label)

Parameter name IP Restricted Mode object identifier

Abbreviated name iprmId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPRM

Multiplicity 1

Table 104 iprmId (IP Restricted Mode object identifier)

172 DN0944234



IPRM Parameters

Description This parameter identifies the unique instance of class IPRM. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 104 iprmId (IP Restricted Mode object identifier) (Cont.)

DN0944234 173

Transmission Parameters IPRT Parameters


15 IPRT Parameters

15.1 ipRoutingTableId (Identifier of the IP routing table)

15.2 staticRoutes (Static IP routes set)

Parameter name Identifier of the IP routing table

Abbreviated name ipRoutingTableId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPRT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the IP routing table. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 105 ipRoutingTableId (Identifier of the IP routing table)

Parameter name Static IP routes set

Abbreviated name staticRoutes

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPRT

Table 106 staticRoutes (Static IP routes set)

174 DN0944234



IPRT Parameters

15.3 bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier)

Multiplicity 128

Description This is a set of entries, each defining a static IP route.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • bfdId • destIpAddr • gateway • netmask • preference




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 106 staticRoutes (Static IP routes set) (Cont.)

Parameter name BFD route protection session identifier

Abbreviated name bfdId

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Table 107 bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier)

DN0944234 175



15.4 destIpAddr (Destination IP address of static route)

Description This parameter identifies the Bidirectional Forward-ing Detection (BFD) session that shall protect this route. The parameter value shall match one of the object instance identifiers of the BFD managed object class.

Value 0 means the route is not protected by any BFD session.

Range 0... 16

Units -



Default value 0

Default value notes The route is not protected.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 107 bfdId (BFD route protection session identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Destination IP address of static route

Abbreviated name destIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the host or network address for the destination of an IP route. It needs to be in line with the network mask.


Table 108 destIpAddr (Destination IP address of static route)

176 DN0944234



IPRT Parameters

15.5 gateway (Gateway)

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 108 destIpAddr (Destination IP address of static route) (Cont.)

Parameter name Gateway

Abbreviated name gateway

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the IP address of the next IP hop via which a remote network can be reached. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -

Table 109 gateway (Gateway)

DN0944234 177



15.6 netmask (Netmask)




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 109 gateway (Gateway) (Cont.)

Parameter name Netmask


3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description Specifies the mask of the remote network. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


Table 110 netmask (Netmask)

178 DN0944234



IPRT Parameters

15.7 preference (Preference value of the route)

References -


Table 110 netmask (Netmask) (Cont.)

Parameter name Preference value of the route

Abbreviated name preference

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies a cost value for this route. Lower preference means lower cost. The FTM shall use by preference routes with lower preference value.

Range 1... 254

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes Default value is lowest possible preference value. By default all routes have equally low cost.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 111 preference (Preference value of the route)

DN0944234 179

Transmission Parameters IPSECC Parameters


16 IPSECC Parameters

16.1 ipSecEnabled (IPSec enabling flag)

16.2 ipSeccId (IPsec configuration identifier)

Parameter name IPSec enabling flag

Abbreviated name ipSecEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object IPSECC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter switches IPsec globally on (value true) or off (value false).


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -




Related options • LTE689 LTE IPsec Support for control and user plane

Related features -


References -


Table 112 ipSecEnabled (IPSec enabling flag)

Parameter name IPsec configuration identifier

Abbreviated name ipSeccId

3GPP name -

Table 113 ipSeccId (IPsec configuration identifier)

180 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.3 securityPolicies (Security policies)


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the BTS transport IPsec configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 113 ipSeccId (IPsec configuration identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Security policies

Abbreviated name securityPolicies

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 250

Description This is the list of security policies of the FTM. Each entry in the list consists of several parameters.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Table 114 securityPolicies (Security policies)

DN0944234 181



16.4 antiReplayEnabled (Anti replay enabled flag)

Child parameters • antiReplayEnabled • antiReplayWindowSize • authentication • dpddelay • dpdtimeout • encryptionMethod • ikeEncryptionMethod • ikeProtocol • ipSecStatus • localIpAddress • localIpPort • localNetmask • localTunnelEndpoint • policyNumber • protocol • remoteIpAddress • remoteIpPort • remoteNetmask • remoteTunnelEndpoint • saMaxLifeTime





Related features -


References -


Table 114 securityPolicies (Security policies) (Cont.)

Parameter name Anti replay enabled flag

Abbreviated name antiReplayEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Table 115 antiReplayEnabled (Anti replay enabled flag)

182 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.5 antiReplayWindowSize (Size of the anti replay window)

Multiplicity 1

Description If this flag is true,anti replay checking for the IPsec connections of this policy is enabled, else it is switched off.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -





Related features -


References NSN reference: IPSec WBTS_OAM 42419


Table 115 antiReplayEnabled (Anti replay enabled flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Size of the anti replay window

Abbreviated name antiReplayWindowSize

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the size of the anti replay window to be used on the security policy.

The parameter is only relevant if the parameter anti-ReplayEnabled has the value True.

Range SIZE_64 (0), SIZE_128 (1), SIZE_256 (2)

Units -

Table 116 antiReplayWindowSize (Size of the anti replay window)

DN0944234 183



16.6 authentication (Authentication method)


gui ==> internal

SIZE_64 ==> 0

SIZE_128 ==> 1

SIZE_256 ==> 2

Default value SIZE_256 (2)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 116 antiReplayWindowSize (Size of the anti replay window) (Cont.)

Parameter name Authentication method

Abbreviated name authentication

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter determines if this policy is using a pre shared key or a certificate.

Range certificate (1), psk (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

certificate ==> 1

psk ==> 2

Default value certificate (1)


Table 117 authentication (Authentication method)

184 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.7 dpddelay (DPD alarm raising delay time)

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 117 authentication (Authentication method) (Cont.)

Parameter name DPD alarm raising delay time

Abbreviated name dpddelay

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the delay between the sending of two consecutive DPS INFORMA-TIONAL messages by the BTS. The INFORMA-TIONAL message indicates the BTS is still alive.

For IKEv2, the BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm if the remote peer has not sent any INFORMATIONAL message to the BTS after the BTS has sent a fixed number of INFORMATIONAL messages.

For IKEv1 the BTS raises the DPD alarm, if the remote peer has not sent back any INFORMA-TIONAL messages after the time defined in the parameter dpdtimeout has expired.

Range 10... 360

Units seconds



Default value 10

Table 118 dpddelay (DPD alarm raising delay time)

DN0944234 185



16.8 dpdtimeout (DPD timeout)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 118 dpddelay (DPD alarm raising delay time) (Cont.)

Parameter name DPD timeout

Abbreviated name dpdtimeout

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the time after which the BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm.

The parameter dpddelay specifies the delay between the sending of two consecutive DPS INFORMATIONAL messages by the BTS. The INFORMATIONAL message indicates that the BTS is still alive.

For IKEv1, the BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm if the remote peer has not sent back any INFORMATIONAL messages after the time defined in the parameter dpdtimeout has expired.

Range 60... 3600

Units seconds



Default value 120

Table 119 dpdtimeout (DPD timeout)

186 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.9 encryptionMethod (ESP encryption algorithm)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 119 dpdtimeout (DPD timeout) (Cont.)

Parameter name ESP encryption algorithm

Abbreviated name encryptionMethod

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the ESP encryption algorithm to be applied to the traffic data packet for which the policy matches.

The default value for ESP encryption algorithm offers 2 values (priority list) where

- AES-128 CBC is tried first (1. priority) and

- 3DES-192 CBC is tried next (2.priority).

Range ENC_NULL (0), ENC_AES_128_CBC (1), ENC_3DES_192_CBC (2), ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC (3)

Units -

Table 120 encryptionMethod (ESP encryption algorithm)

DN0944234 187



16.10 ikeEncryptionMethod (IKE layer encryption method)


gui ==> internal

ENC_NULL ==> 0

ENC_AES_128_CBC ==> 1

ENC_3DES_192_CBC ==> 2

ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC ==> 3

Default value ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC (3)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 120 encryptionMethod (ESP encryption algorithm) (Cont.)

Parameter name IKE layer encryption method

Abbreviated name ikeEncryptionMethod

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the encryption algorithm at the IKE layer to be applied to the traffic data packet for which the policy matches.

The default value for IKE encryption algorithm offers 2 values (priority list) where

- AES-128 CBC is tried first (1. priority) and

- 3DES-192 CBC is tried next (2.priority).

Table 121 ikeEncryptionMethod (IKE layer encryption method)

188 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.11 ikeProtocol (IKE protocol variant)

Range ENC_AES_128_CBC (1), ENC_3DES_192_CBC (2), ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC (3)

Units -


gui ==> internal

ENC_AES_128_CBC ==> 1

ENC_3DES_192_CBC ==> 2

ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC ==> 3

Default value ENC_AES_128_CBC_OR_3DES_192_CBC (3)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 121 ikeEncryptionMethod (IKE layer encryption method) (Cont.)

Parameter name IKE protocol variant

Abbreviated name ikeProtocol

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the IKE protocol version of this association used for this policy.

Range IKE_V1 (0), IKE_V2 (1)

Units -

Table 122 ikeProtocol (IKE protocol variant)

DN0944234 189



16.12 ipSecStatus (IPsec action status)


gui ==> internal

IKE_V1 ==> 0

IKE_V2 ==> 1

Default value IKE_V2 (1)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 122 ikeProtocol (IKE protocol variant) (Cont.)

Parameter name IPsec action status

Abbreviated name ipSecStatus

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This flag rules the basic treatment of a traffic data packet that applies to the selection criteria of this policy.

The values have the following meaning:

"DISCARD": the packet is discarded without any further action or notification, i.e. it is prevented from passing to its designated destination.

"BYPASS": the packet is delivered to its destination without any other processing, in particular without any further IPsec-related processing.

"PROTECT": the packet will be made subject to the settings of its security policy.

Table 123 ipSecStatus (IPsec action status)

190 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.13 localIpAddress (Local IP address)

Range PROTECT (0), DISCARD (1), BYPASS (2)

Units -


gui ==> internal

PROTECT ==> 0

DISCARD ==> 1

BYPASS ==> 2

Default value BYPASS (2)


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 123 ipSecStatus (IPsec action status) (Cont.)

Parameter name Local IP address

Abbreviated name localIpAddress

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Table 124 localIpAddress (Local IP address)

DN0944234 191



16.14 localIpPort (Port number of the local IP address)

Description This parameter holds the local IP address of the data traffic packet for this policy as seen by the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

The following combinations of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasible:

- a single IP address (equivalent to netmask /32 in IPv4), no particular protocol/port

- a single IP address, selected protocol/port

- an IP subnet, no particular protocol/port

- an IP subnet, selected protocol/port.

Parameter value 0.0.0.0 means "wildcard" - all IP addresses are allowed.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 124 localIpAddress (Local IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Port number of the local IP address

Abbreviated name localIpPort

Table 125 localIpPort (Port number of the local IP address)

192 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.15 localNetmask (Subnet mask for local IP address)

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the port number of the local IP address. If value -1 is configured, the IPSec policy is valid in the same way to and from all ports of the local IP address.


- single IP address (equivalent to netmask /32 in IPv4), no particular protocol/port

- single IP address, selected protocol/port

- IP subnet, no particular protocol/port

- IP subnet, selected protocol/port.

Range -1... 65535

Units -



Default value -1

Default value notes All ports are allowed.

Related functions -





Related features -




Table 125 localIpPort (Port number of the local IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name Subnet mask for local IP address

Table 126 localNetmask (Subnet mask for local IP address)

DN0944234 193



Abbreviated name localNetmask

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the netmask to the param-eter localIpAddress.

The type of localNetmask (IPv4 or IPv6) must match the type of parameter localIpAddress.






Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 126 localNetmask (Subnet mask for local IP address) (Cont.)

194 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.16 localTunnelEndpoint (Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address)

16.17 policyNumber (Policy order number)

Parameter name Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address

Abbreviated name localTunnelEndpoint

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the local endpoint of the IPsec tunnel as seen by the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters





Related functions -





Related features -




Table 127 localTunnelEndpoint (Local IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address)

Parameter name Policy order number

Abbreviated name policyNumber

3GPP name -

Table 128 policyNumber (Policy order number)

DN0944234 195



16.18 protocol (Protocol information)

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the order number of the security policy.

Only the lowest number of several equally matching policies is executed on a specific traffic data packet.

Range 0... 65535

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 128 policyNumber (Policy order number) (Cont.)

Parameter name Protocol information

Abbreviated name protocol

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Table 129 protocol (Protocol information)

196 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.19 remoteIpAddress (Remote IP address)

Description This parameter holds the protocol information of the IP packet according to RFC791 (IPv4) or RFC1883 (IPv6).

If the parameter has value -1, the policy is valid for all protocols.

The following combinations of local and remote IP addresses, port numbers and protocol are feasible:





Range -1... 254

Units -



Default value -1

Default value notes All protocols allowed.

Related functions -





Related features -


References NSN reference: IPSec WBTS_OAM 45230NSN ref-erence: IPSec WBTS_OAM 45774


Table 129 protocol (Protocol information) (Cont.)

Parameter name Remote IP address

Abbreviated name remoteIpAddress

3GPP name -

Table 130 remoteIpAddress (Remote IP address)

DN0944234 197



Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the remote IP address of the data traffic packet for this policy as seen by the FTM. To be entered in dotted decimal format.






Parameter value 0.0.0.0 means "wildcard" - all IP addresses are allowed.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 130 remoteIpAddress (Remote IP address) (Cont.)

198 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.20 remoteIpPort (Port of the remote IP address)

Parameter name Port of the remote IP address

Abbreviated name remoteIpPort

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the port number of the remote IP address. If value -1 is configured, the IPSec policy is valid in the same way to and from all ports of the remote IP address.






Range -1... 65535

Units -



Default value -1

Default value notes All ports allowed.

Related functions -





Related features -




Table 131 remoteIpPort (Port of the remote IP address)

DN0944234 199



16.21 remoteNetmask (Subnet mask for remote IP address)

Parameter name Subnet mask for remote IP address

Abbreviated name remoteNetmask

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the netmask to the param-eter remoteIpAddress.







Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -




Table 132 remoteNetmask (Subnet mask for remote IP address)

200 DN0944234



IPSECC Parameters

16.22 remoteTunnelEndpoint (Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address)

16.23 saMaxLifeTime (Security association maximum lifetime)

Parameter name Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address

Abbreviated name remoteTunnelEndpoint

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address as seen by the FTM. It corre-sponds to the IKE association peer for which the given secret shared key is used. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters





Related functions -





Related features -




Table 133 remoteTunnelEndpoint (Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address)

Parameter name Security association maximum lifetime

Abbreviated name saMaxLifeTime

Table 134 saMaxLifeTime (Security association maximum lifetime)

DN0944234 201



3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the maximum duration in seconds of the lifetime of the security association. After the timer has expired for the security associa-tion, a new security association is negotiated.

Range 300... 86400

Units seconds



Default value 86400

Default value notes Default value is 24 hours.

Related functions -





Related features -




Table 134 saMaxLifeTime (Security association maximum lifetime) (Cont.)

202 DN0944234



IVIF Parameters

17 IVIF Parameters

17.1 localIpAddr (Local IP address of the VLAN interface)

17.2 netmask (Network mask of the local IP address)

Parameter name Local IP address of the VLAN interface

Abbreviated name localIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN. It is accompa-nied with a subnet mask.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 135 localIpAddr (Local IP address of the VLAN interface)

Parameter name Network mask of the local IP address


3GPP name -

Table 136 netmask (Network mask of the local IP address)

DN0944234 203

Transmission Parameters IVIF Parameters


17.3 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag)

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the network mask for the local IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 136 netmask (Network mask of the local IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag

Abbreviated name qosEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this VLAN interface or only a single one. Multiple PHB queues allow DSCP based traffic prioritisation.


Table 137 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag)

204 DN0944234



IVIF Parameters

17.4 sbs (Shaper burst size)

Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -







References -


Table 137 qosEnabled (QOS traffic priorisation enabling flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Shaper burst size

Abbreviated name sbs

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the shaper burst size for a specific VLAN interface.

Range 1522... 2000000

Units octets



Default value 1522


Related functions -


Table 138 sbs (Shaper burst size)

DN0944234 205



17.5 sir (Shaper information rate)






References -


Table 138 sbs (Shaper burst size) (Cont.)

Parameter name Shaper information rate

Abbreviated name sir

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the shaper information rate for a specific VLAN interface. For FTLB, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.18 Mbps and on FSM-r3, the actual minimum egress rate is 1.56 Mbps due to technical limitations on Octeon.

Range 100... 1000000

Units kbps





Related functions -






Table 139 sir (Shaper information rate)

206 DN0944234



IVIF Parameters

17.6 vlanId (VLAN identifier)


References -


Table 139 sir (Shaper information rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name VLAN identifier

Abbreviated name vlanId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the VLAN identifier number of the VLAN network interface.

Range 0... 4094

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 140 vlanId (VLAN identifier)

DN0944234 207



17.7 vlanIfNetId (VLAN interface object identifier)

17.8 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight)

Parameter name VLAN interface object identifier

Abbreviated name vlanIfNetId

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the VLAN interface object. Value is 1 to 5. Up to 5 VLANs can exist on the BTS.

Range 1... 5

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 141 vlanIfNetId (VLAN interface object identifier)

Parameter name WFQ aggregator queue weight

Abbreviated name wfqSchedQueueWeight

3GPP name -

Managed Object IVIF

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for this VLAN interface.

Table 142 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight)

208 DN0944234



IVIF Parameters

Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 1000


Related functions -







References -


Table 142 wfqSchedQueueWeight (WFQ aggregator queue weight) (Cont.)

DN0944234 209

Transmission Parameters L2SWI Parameters


18 L2SWI Parameters

18.1 dscpMap (DSCP to priority queue map)

Parameter name DSCP to priority queue map

Abbreviated name dscpMap

3GPP name -

Managed Object L2SWI

Multiplicity 64

Description This parameter maps DSCP values to priority queues. The table contains at most 64 entries, one for each possible DSCP value (0..63).

Default values for FTIB hardware unit type:

DSCP values 48 and 46 map to priority queue 1, this is the strict priority queue.

DSCP values 38, 36, 34, 30, 28 and 26 map to priority queue 2, this is the first WRR priority queue.

DSCP values 22, 20, 18, 14, 12 and 10 map to priority queue 3, this is the second WRR priority queue.

All other DSCP values map by default to priority queue 4, this is the third WRR priority queue.

Default values for FTLB hardware unit type:

DSCP values 48 and 46 map to priority queue 1, this is the strict priority queue.

DSCP values 38, 36 and 34 map to priority queue 2, this is the first WRR priority queue.

DSCP values 30, 28 and 26 map to priority queue 3, this is the second WRR priority queue.

DSCP values 22, 20, 18, 14, 12 and 10 map to priority queue 4, this is the third WRR priority queue.

All other DSCP values map by default to priority queue 6, this is the fifth WRR priority queue.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Table 143 dscpMap (DSCP to priority queue map)

210 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.2 dscp (DSCP value)

Child parameters • dscp • priorityQueue





Related features -


References -


Table 143 dscpMap (DSCP to priority queue map) (Cont.)

Parameter name DSCP value

Abbreviated name dscp

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies a DSCP value.

Range 0... 63

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -

Table 144 dscp (DSCP value)

DN0944234 211



18.3 priorityQueue (Priority queue identifier)


References -


Table 144 dscp (DSCP value) (Cont.)

Parameter name Priority queue identifier

Abbreviated name priorityQueue

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies a priority queue.

FTIB hardware unit type:

Priority queue values range from 1 to 4 where 4 means lowest and 1 means highest priority. The default value of the parameter = 4.

FTLB hardware unit type:

Priority queue values range from 1 to 6 where 6 means lowest and 1 means highest priority. The default value of the parameter = 6.

Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value 4


Related functions -





Related features -

Table 145 priorityQueue (Priority queue identifier)

212 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.4 enableLayer2Switching (Enable layer 2 switching)


References -


Table 145 priorityQueue (Priority queue identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Enable layer 2 switching

Abbreviated name enableLayer2Switching

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter enables the layer 2 switching feature.

If the feature is switched off (false), the Ethernet switching between eNB and backhaul network remains operational, but all other Ethernet ports are inactive. eNBs connected to those ports are effec-tively disconnected from the transport network.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the feature is switched off. Only a single transport Ethernet interface can be used.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Table 146 enableLayer2Switching (Enable layer 2 switching)

DN0944234 213



18.5 l2PriorityQueueWeight2 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue 2)


Table 146 enableLayer2Switching (Enable layer 2 switching) (Cont.)

Parameter name Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue 2

Abbreviated name l2PriorityQueueWeight2

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the weight for the 1st priority queue.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value 8


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 147 l2PriorityQueueWeight2 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue 2)

214 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters




3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the weight for the second priority queue.

The default value of this parameter = 1 for the FTIB hardware unit.

The default value of this parameter = 4 for the FTLB hardware unit.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value -

Default value notes The default value of this parameter = 1 for the FTIB hardware unit.The default value of this parameter = 4 for the FTLB hardware unit.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -



DN0944234 215







3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the weight for the third priority queue.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -





3GPP name -


216 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters



Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the weight for the fourth priority queue.

This parameter is only supported for the FTLB hardware unit.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 150 l2PriorityQueueWeight5 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue 5) (Cont.)



3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1


DN0944234 217



18.10 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority)

Description This parameter specifies the weight for the fifth priority queue.

This parameter is only supported for the FTLB hardware unit.

Range 1... 8

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 151 l2PriorityQueueWeight6 (Layer 2 switch member weight for priority queue 6) (Cont.)

Parameter name Port default VLAN priority

Abbreviated name portDefaultPriority

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Default VLAN priority for untagged frames.

Every untagged ingress Ethernet frame at this inter-face gets assigned this Port Default Priority. If QoS classification mode is configured to VLAN-PCP, this priority is used for enqueing decision of the frame. If the frame egresses the switch tagged, this priority shall be used in the VLAN tag header.

Table 152 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority)

218 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.11 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

Range 0... 7

Units -



Default value 0


Related functions -





Related features -

Interfaces • LTE BTS <-> RAC • RAC <-> RACApp • EM <-> LTE BTS

References -


Table 152 portDefaultPriority (Port default VLAN priority) (Cont.)

Parameter name Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching

Abbreviated name portDefaultVlanId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 153 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching)

DN0944234 219



18.12 priorityQueueNonIP (Priority queue for non-IP frames)

Description This parameter specifies the VLAN identifier that is inserted internally by the FTM into an untagged ingress frame that enters the layer 2 switch via this Ethernet interface - if parameter discardUntagged has value "false" for the Ethernet interface.

To transmit the frame via the same or another Ethernet interface, after layer 2 switching has been performed, the same VLAN Id must be configured in the VLAN identifier list of that Ethernet interface (see parameter l2VlanIdList). Else the frame will be discarded.

Range 1... 4094

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes Default VLAN id = 1.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 153 portDefaultVlanId (Default VLAN identifier for layer 2 switching) (Cont.)

Parameter name Priority queue for non-IP frames

Abbreviated name priorityQueueNonIP

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 154 priorityQueueNonIP (Priority queue for non-IP frames)

220 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.13 priorityQueuePcp0 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 0)

Description This parameter specifies which priority queue shall be used for non-IP frames. Non-IP frames examples are ARP-, Ethernet OAM- and Synchro-nous Ethernet messages.

The value range of this parameter = 1..4 for the FTIB hardware unit.

The value range of this parameter = 1..6 for the FTLB hardware unit.

The default value of this parameter = 1 for both hardware unit types, this is the strict priority queue.

Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes The default queue is the strict priority queue. By default non-IP traffic is handled with high priority.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 154 priorityQueueNonIP (Priority queue for non-IP frames) (Cont.)

Parameter name Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 0

Abbreviated name priorityQueuePcp0

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 155 priorityQueuePcp0 (Priority queue for frames with VLAN PCP bits 0)

DN0944234 221




Description This parameter specifies which priority queue shall be used for frames with VLAN PCP bits value 0.



The default value of this parameter = 4 for the FTIB hardware unit, this is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.

The default value of this parameter = 6 for the FTLB hardware unit, this is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.

Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value -

Default value notes The default value of this parameter = 4 for the FTIB hardware unit, this is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.The default value of this parameter = 6 for the FTLB hardware unit, this is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -





222 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters


3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1






Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value 4

Default value notes This is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -



DN0944234 223






3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1






Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -



224 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters


References -





3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1






Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -






DN0944234 225




Related features -


References -





3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1






Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -


226 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters






Related features -


References -





3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1






Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value -


DN0944234 227





Related functions -





Related features -


References -





3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1




The default value of this parameter = 1 for the FTIB hardware unit, this is the strict priority queue.


Range 1... 6


228 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters


Units -



Default value -

Default value notes The default value of this parameter = 1 for the FTIB hardware unit, this is the strict priority queue.The default value of this parameter = 2 for the FTLB hardware unit, this is a Weighted Round Robin priority queue.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -





3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1




The default value of this parameter = 1 for both hardware unit types, this is the strict priority queue.


DN0944234 229



18.21 priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames)

Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes This is the strict priority queue.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -



Parameter name Priority queue for untagged frames

Abbreviated name priorityQueueUntagged

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 163 priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames)

230 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.22 qosClassification (QOS classification flag)

Description This parameter specifies which priority queue shall be used for untagged frames.



The default value of this parameter = 1, this is the strict priority queue.

In case VLAN aware switching, this parameter is not taken into account. Untagged traffic will be enqueued according to the default priority config-ured for each interface separately.

Range 1... 6

Units -



Default value 1

Default value notes This is the strict priority queue.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 163 priorityQueueUntagged (Priority queue for untagged frames) (Cont.)

Parameter name QOS classification flag

Abbreviated name qosClassification

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 164 qosClassification (QOS classification flag)

DN0944234 231



18.23 switchId (Identifier of the layer 2 switch object)

Description This parameter specifies if the layer 2 switching is based on DSCP to PHB mapping or on PCP to PHB mapping.

- In case it is DSCP to PHB mapping, the priority queue for egress traffic is taken from parameter dscpMap for IP frames and from parameter priority-QueueNonIP for non-IP frames.

- In case it is PCP to PHB mapping, the priority queue for egress traffic is taken from the parame-ters priorityQueuePcp0 to priorityQueuePcp7 for tagged frames and from parameter priorityQueue-Untagged for untagged frames.

Range DSCP (0), PCP (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

DSCP ==> 0

PCP ==> 1

Default value DSCP (0)

Default value notes Default value means DSCP to PHB mapping.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 164 qosClassification (QOS classification flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name Identifier of the layer 2 switch object

Abbreviated name switchId

3GPP name -


Table 165 switchId (Identifier of the layer 2 switch object)

232 DN0944234



L2SWI Parameters

18.24 vlanAwareSwitch (Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the layer 2 switch. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 165 switchId (Identifier of the layer 2 switch object) (Cont.)

Parameter name Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used

Abbreviated name vlanAwareSwitch

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 166 vlanAwareSwitch (Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used)

DN0944234 233



Description This parameter specifies the QOS based switching mode as follows:

If set to "true", ethernet frames tagged with a VLAN ID shall be switched between two ethernet member ports of a layer 2 bridge only, if both ports are member of the same VLAN. Else the packet shall be dropped. The handling of untagged frames depends on the parameter discardUntagged.

If set to "false", any VLAN information is not consid-ered when switching. The switching is purely based on MAC Destination address lookup result.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes Default value is not to include VLAN aware switch-ing.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 166 vlanAwareSwitch (Flag to decide if VLAN aware switching is used) (Cont.)

234 DN0944234



LTAC Parameters

19 LTAC Parameters

19.1 ltacId (LTAC identifier)

19.2 qci2AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2)

Parameter name LTAC identifier

Abbreviated name ltacId

3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the MO instance for trans-port admission control for LTE. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE144 Transport Admission Control

Related features -


References -


Table 167 ltacId (LTAC identifier)

Parameter name Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2

Abbreviated name qci2AvPacketSize

3GPP name -

Table 168 qci2AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2)

DN0944234 235

Transmission Parameters LTAC Parameters



Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the average packet Size for QCI=2

Range 30... 1460

Units byte



Default value 200


Related functions -




Related options • LTE497 Smart Admission Control

Related features -


References -


Table 168 qci2AvPacketSize (Average Packet Size For QCI Value 2) (Cont.)



3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1


Range 30... 1460

Units byte




236 DN0944234



LTAC Parameters


Default value 80


Related functions -





Related features -


References -





3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1


Range 30... 1460

Units byte



Default value 300


Related functions -





Related features -


DN0944234 237



19.5 tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor)


References -



Parameter name TAC activity factor

Abbreviated name tacActivityFactor

3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter is used to configure the activity of a connection, e.g. to compensate periods of silence. The TAC activity factor applies for all connection types (normal, HO, emergency) and for both direc-tions (UL, DL).

Range 0... 100

Units -



Default value 100


Related functions -





Related features -


References NSN reference: WBTS_TRS_7635

Validation pattern ^([0-9]{0,2}|1[0]{2})$

Table 171 tacActivityFactor (TAC activity factor)

238 DN0944234



LTAC Parameters

19.6 tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead)

19.7 tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency)

Parameter name Exclude layer 2 overhead

Abbreviated name tacExludeL2Overhead

3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description When this parameter is set, the transport bandwidth calculations are done only for layer 3 (excluding Ethernet and VLAN overhead).


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes If true, the transport overhad calculation shall include only layer 3, but not the overhead for layer 2, This is to support transport networks which provide guaranteed bit rate on layer 3 only.

Related functions -





Related features -




Table 172 tacExludeL2Overhead (Exclude layer 2 overhead)

Parameter name TAC limit GBR emergency

Abbreviated name tacLimitGbrEmergency

3GPP name -

Table 173 tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency)

DN0944234 239



19.8 tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover)

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed transport bit rate for all GBR Emergency connections.

Range 0... 1000000

Units kbit/s




Default value notes 1000000 kbps throughput can only theoretically be achieved on L1, not on L2.

Related functions -


Related parameters tacLimitGbrNormal of LTAC - TAC LIMIT GBR normal <= TAC LIMIT GBR handover <= TAC LIMIT GBR emergency



Related features -




Table 173 tacLimitGbrEmergency (TAC limit GBR emergency) (Cont.)

Parameter name TAC limit GBR handover

Abbreviated name tacLimitGbrHandover

3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed transport bit rate for all GBR Handover connections.

Range 0... 1000000

Table 174 tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover)

240 DN0944234



LTAC Parameters

19.9 tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal)

Units kbit/s





Related functions -


Related parameters tacLimitGbrNormal of LTAC - TAC LIMIT GBR normal <= TAC LIMIT GBR handover <= TAC LIMIT GBR emergency



Related features -




Table 174 tacLimitGbrHandover (TAC limit GBR handover) (Cont.)

Parameter name TAC limit GBR normal

Abbreviated name tacLimitGbrNormal

3GPP name -

Managed Object LTAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the maximum permitted aggregate guaranteed transport bit rate for normal GBR connections.

Range 0... 1000000

Units kbit/s





Table 175 tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal)

DN0944234 241



Related functions -





Related features -




Table 175 tacLimitGbrNormal (TAC limit GBR normal) (Cont.)

242 DN0944234



OAMMA Parameters

20 OAMMA Parameters

20.1 assocId (Maintenance association identifier)

20.2 maName (Name of the maintenance association)

Parameter name Maintenance association identifier

Abbreviated name assocId

3GPP name -

Managed Object OAMMA

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies a Maintenance Associa-tion. Up to 15 associations may exist in the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 15

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 176 assocId (Maintenance association identifier)

Parameter name Name of the maintenance association

Table 177 maName (Name of the maintenance association)

DN0944234 243

Transmission Parameters OAMMA Parameters


20.3 vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association)

Abbreviated name maName

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the name of the Mainte-nance Association. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1...42

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 177 maName (Name of the maintenance association) (Cont.)

Parameter name VLAN identifier of the maintenance association

Abbreviated name vlanId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 178 vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association)

244 DN0944234



OAMMA Parameters

Description This parameter specifies the VLAN identifier that is associated to the Maintenance Association.

The FTM uses this VLAN identifier in the Service OAM messages its sends over the Service OAM ethernet link (configured in the OAMMEP managed object). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Note: The configured VLAN identifier must match the restrictions of the VLAN identifier settings of the Layer 2 bridges of the FTM, in order to prevent that the Service OAM messages are discarded in the bridge.

Range 0... 4094

Units -



Default value 0

Default value notes By default no VLAN is associated to the mainte-nance association.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 178 vlanId (VLAN identifier of the maintenance association) (Cont.)

DN0944234 245

Transmission Parameters OAMMD Parameters


21 OAMMD Parameters

21.1 domainId (Maintenance domain identifier)

21.2 mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain)

Parameter name Maintenance domain identifier

Abbreviated name domainId

3GPP name -

Managed Object OAMMD

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies a Maintenance Domain. Up to 10 domains may exist on the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 10

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 179 domainId (Maintenance domain identifier)

Parameter name Level of the maintenance domain

Table 180 mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain)

246 DN0944234



OAMMD Parameters

21.3 mdName (Name of the maintenance domain)

Abbreviated name mdLevel

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the level of the Mainte-nance Domain. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 0... 7

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 180 mdLevel (Level of the maintenance domain) (Cont.)

Parameter name Name of the maintenance domain

Abbreviated name mdName

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 181 mdName (Name of the maintenance domain)

DN0944234 247

Transmission Parameters OAMMD Parameters


Description This parameter specifies the name of the Mainte-nance Domain. The parameter support FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1...43

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 181 mdName (Name of the maintenance domain) (Cont.)

248 DN0944234



OAMMEP Parameters

22 OAMMEP Parameters

22.1 aisEnabled (AIS message transmission enabling flag)

22.2 aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval)

Parameter name AIS message transmission enabling flag

Abbreviated name aisEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object OAMMEP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies if the transmission of AIS messages is enabled. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 182 aisEnabled (AIS message transmission enabling flag)

Parameter name AIS messages reception Interval

Table 183 aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval)

DN0944234 249

Transmission Parameters OAMMEP Parameters


22.3 ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period)

Abbreviated name aisTxPeriod

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the rate for sending AIS messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range AIS_1SEC (0), AIS_1MIN (1)

Units -


gui ==> internal

AIS_1SEC ==> 0

AIS_1MIN ==> 1

Default value AIS_1SEC (0)


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 183 aisTxPeriod (AIS messages reception Interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name Continuity Check Messages transmission period

Abbreviated name ccmTxPeriod

3GPP name -


Table 184 ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period)

250 DN0944234



OAMMEP Parameters

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the period for sending Continuity Check messages (CCMs). The parame-ter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range CCM_3_33MS (0), CCM_10MS (1), CCM_100MS (2), CCM_1SEC (3), CCM_10SEC (4), CCM_1MIN (5), CCM_10MIN (6)

Units -


gui ==> internal

CCM_3_33MS ==> 0

CCM_10MS ==> 1

CCM_100MS ==> 2

CCM_1SEC ==> 3

CCM_10SEC ==> 4

CCM_1MIN ==> 5

CCM_10MIN ==> 6

Default value CCM_1SEC (3)


Related functions -


Related parameters enableCcm of OAMMEP - Parameter ccmTxPerdiod cannot be modified online in case parameter enableCcm has value true.



Related features -


References -


Table 184 ccmTxPeriod (Continuity Check Messages transmission period) (Cont.)

DN0944234 251



22.4 enableCcm (Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM counters)

Parameter name Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM counters

Abbreviated name enableCcm

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter allows sending continuity check messages (ETH_CCM) towards the remote Mainte-nance Association Endpoints (MEPs) of the End Point. Changing the parameter from false (not allowed) to true (allowed) resets the CCM counters and alarms of all remote MEPs. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default, sending CCM messages is not allowed.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 185 enableCcm (Allow sending of CCM messages and reset CCM counters)

252 DN0944234



OAMMEP Parameters

22.5 ethernetPort (Ethernet link reference)

Parameter name Ethernet link reference

Abbreviated name ethernetPort

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the ethernet link that the BTS uses for sending Service OAM messages. The parameter is a local managed object instance iden-tifier (LMOID), i.e. a reference to an instance of object class ETHLK.

Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-1-*"

where

FTM-#: # = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO)

ETHLK-#-#.# = an instance of object class ETHLK

Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1


Range 0...40

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern FTM-1/ETHLK-((0-[1-5])|(1-[1-4]))

Table 186 ethernetPort (Ethernet link reference)

DN0944234 253



22.6 oammepId (Maintenance association endpoint identifier)

22.7 remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list)

Parameter name Maintenance association endpoint identifier

Abbreviated name oammepId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the Maintenance associa-tion Endpoint (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 8191

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 187 oammepId (Maintenance association endpoint identifier)

Parameter name Maintenance association endpoints list

Abbreviated name remoteMepList

3GPP name -


Table 188 remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list)

254 DN0944234



OAMMEP Parameters

22.8 macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point)

Multiplicity 80

Description This parameter specifies the list of Maintenance Association Endpoints (MEPs) that are contained in the Maintenance Association. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • macAddr • mepId





Related features -


References -


Table 188 remoteMepList (Maintenance association endpoints list) (Cont.)

Parameter name MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point

Abbreviated name macAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Table 189 macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point)

DN0944234 255



22.9 mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identifier)

Description This parameter specifies the MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 17

Units characters



Default value 00:00:00:00:00:00


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -

Validation pattern ([a-fA-F0-9]{2}:){5}[a-fA-F0-9]{2}

Table 189 macAddr (MAC address of the Maintenance Association End Point) (Cont.)

Parameter name Maintenance Association End Point identifier

Abbreviated name mepId

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the Maintenance Associa-tion End Point (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 8191

Table 190 mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identifier)

256 DN0944234



OAMMEP Parameters

22.10 vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits)

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 190 mepId (Maintenance Association End Point identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name VLAN PCP bits

Abbreviated name vlanPrio

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the PCP bits value to be used for Service OAM messages for this Mainte-nance association Endpoint (MEP). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 0... 7

Units -



Default value 7

Table 191 vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits)

DN0944234 257




Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 191 vlanPrio (VLAN PCP bits) (Cont.)

258 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23 OAMPRF Parameters

23.1 activeMode (Link OAM operational mode at local peer)

Parameter name Link OAM operational mode at local peer

Abbreviated name activeMode

3GPP name -

Managed Object OAMPRF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the Link OAM operational mode at the local peer. If false, the BTS will only respond to a remotely initiated discovery process, if active the BTS will itself initiate the process. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 192 activeMode (Link OAM operational mode at local peer)

DN0944234 259

Transmission Parameters OAMPRF Parameters


23.2 alarmClearanceDelay (Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clearance delay)

Parameter name Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clearance delay

Abbreviated name alarmClearanceDelay

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies for how long critical event flags must be cleared before the BTS clears the corresponding Link OAM Critical Event alarm. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 10

Units s



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 193 alarmClearanceDelay (Link OAM Link Critical Event Alarm clearance delay)

260 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.3 efEventThreshold (Errored Frame Event counting thresh-old)

Parameter name Errored Frame Event counting threshold

Abbreviated name efEventThreshold

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement window specified by efEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


The maximum value of efEventThreshold equals "32 bit value".

Range 0... 4294967295

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 194 efEventThreshold (Errored Frame Event counting threshold)

DN0944234 261



23.4 efEventWindow (Errored Frame Event counting interval)

Parameter name Errored Frame Event counting interval

Abbreviated name efEventWindow

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the measurement interval for counting the Errored Frame Event. If the number of errored frames detected within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efEventThreshold, the FTM transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 60

Units s



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 195 efEventWindow (Errored Frame Event counting interval)

262 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.5 efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold)

Parameter name Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold

Abbreviated name efpEventThreshold

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Period Event. If the number of received errored frames within the mea-surement window specified by efpEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


The maximum value of efpEventThreshold equals "32 bit value".

Range 0... 4294967295

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -


Related parameters efpEventWindow of OAMPRF - Configured value for efpEventThreshold should be within configured value for OAMPRF-efpEventWin-dow to enable the possibility of generating Errored Frame Period Event Notifications



Related features -


References -

Table 196 efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold)

DN0944234 263



23.6 efpEventWindow (Errored Frame Period Event counting interval)


Table 196 efpEventThreshold (Errored Frame Period Event counting threshold)

Parameter name Errored Frame Period Event counting interval

Abbreviated name efpEventWindow

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the measurement interval for counting the Errored Frames. If the number of received errored frames within the measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in parameter efpEventThreshold, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 4294967295

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 197 efpEventWindow (Errored Frame Period Event counting interval)

264 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.7 efssEventThreshold (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting threshold)

Parameter name Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting threshold

Abbreviated name efssEventThreshold

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the threshold value for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measurement interval specified by efssEventWindow is exceeded, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


The maximum value of efssEventThreshold equals "16 bit value".

Range 0... 65535

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 198 efssEventThreshold (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting threshold)

DN0944234 265



23.8 efssEventWindow (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting interval)

Parameter name Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting interval

Abbreviated name efssEventWindow

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the measurement interval for counting the Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event. If the number of errored frame seconds that occurred during the specified measurement interval exceeds the threshold number specified in param-eter efssEventThreshold, the BTS transmits an OAM PDU Event Notification message for that event. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 10... 900

Units s



Default value 60


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 199 efssEventWindow (Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event counting interval)

266 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.9 eventRepetition (OAM PDU message transmission rate)

Parameter name OAM PDU message transmission rate

Abbreviated name eventRepetition

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies how often the BTS repeats the transmission of OAM Events Notifica-tions to its remote peer to increase the probability that they are received by the remote peer. The parameter specifies the total number of repetitive transmissions of such messages. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 4

Units -



Default value 2


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 200 eventRepetition (OAM PDU message transmission rate)

DN0944234 267



23.10 eventSupport (Link OAM event support flag)

23.11 linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name)

Parameter name Link OAM event support flag

Abbreviated name eventSupport

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies if the BTS supports Link OAM events. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.



Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 201 eventSupport (Link OAM event support flag)

Parameter name Link OAM Profile Name

Abbreviated name linkOAMProfileName

3GPP name -


Table 202 linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name)

268 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.12 loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter describes a unique configurable name for each link OAM profile.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1...40

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 202 linkOAMProfileName (Link OAM Profile Name) (Cont.)

Parameter name Link OAM link loopback duration

Abbreviated name loopBackTime

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 203 loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration)

DN0944234 269



23.13 profileId (Profile instance identifier)

Description This parameter specifies the duration of a loopback operation initiated by the BTS. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 10... 600

Units s



Default value 10


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 203 loopBackTime (Link OAM link loopback duration) (Cont.)

Parameter name Profile instance identifier

Abbreviated name profileId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies a Link OAM profile. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 5

Table 204 profileId (Profile instance identifier)

270 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters

23.14 testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate)

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 204 profileId (Profile instance identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Link OAM loopback test message rate

Abbreviated name testFrameRate

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the number of frames / second to be sent during loopback operation for Link OAM.

Value 0 switched the test frame generator off. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 0... 25000

Units -



Table 205 testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate)

DN0944234 271



23.15 testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size)

Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 205 testFrameRate (Link OAM loopback test message rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Link OAM loopback test message frame size

Abbreviated name testFrameSize

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the ethernet frame size of test messages sent during loopback operation for Link OAM. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 64... 1518

Units -



Default value 64

Default value notes Default is minimum PDU size.

Related functions -


Table 206 testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size)

272 DN0944234



OAMPRF Parameters




Related features -


References -


Table 206 testFrameSize (Link OAM loopback test message frame size) (Cont.)

DN0944234 273

Transmission Parameters PMTNL Parameters


24 PMTNL Parameters

24.1 lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measure-ment interval)

Parameter name Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -

Managed Object PMTNL

Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for Ethernet interface statis-tics measurement in minutes.

Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

Range disabled (0), 15min (15), 30min (30), 60min (60), 360min (360), 720min (720), 1440min (1440)

Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440

Default value 15min (15)


Related functions -




Related options • LTE602 Performance Management add. features from RL10, Configuration Manage-ment

Related features -

Table 207 lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval)

274 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.2 lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval (Ethernet link measurement interval)


References -


Table 207 lte_ETHIF_Stats_Interval (Ethernet IF statistics measurement interval)

Parameter name Ethernet link measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for Ethernet Link measure-ment in minutes.

Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The paramter support FTLB and FTIB HW Values.


Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -




Table 208 lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval (Ethernet link measurement interval)

DN0944234 275



24.3 lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval)


Related features -


References -


Table 208 lte_Ethernet_Link_Interval (Ethernet link measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name IPSec measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_IPSec_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for IPSec measurement in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -

Table 209 lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval)

276 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.4 lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement inter-val)





Related features -


References -


Table 209 lte_IPSec_Interval (IPSec measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name IP filtering measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_IP_Filtering_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for IP Filtering measurement in minutes.

Acceptable range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.


Units -

Table 210 lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement interval)

DN0944234 277



24.5 lte_IP_Stats_Interval (IP statistics measurement interval)


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 210 lte_IP_Filtering_Interval (IP filtering measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name IP statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_IP_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for IP Statistics measure-ment in minutes.


Table 211 lte_IP_Stats_Interval (IP statistics measurement interval)

278 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.6 lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval (L2 switch statistics measure-ment interval)


Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 211 lte_IP_Stats_Interval (IP statistics measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name L2 switch statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 212 lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval (L2 switch statistics measurement interval)

DN0944234 279



24.7 lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval)

Description Measurement interval for L2 switch statistics mea-surement in minutes.

Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled. The parameter supports FTIB HW unit.


Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 212 lte_L2SWI_Stats_Interval (L2 switch statistics measurement interval)

Parameter name PHB statistics measurement interval

Table 213 lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval)

280 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

Abbreviated name lte_PHB_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for PHB Statistics measure-ment in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 213 lte_PHB_Stats_Interval (PHB statistics measurement interval) (Cont.)

DN0944234 281



24.8 lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval (TAC statistics measurement interval)

Parameter name TAC statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for TAC statistics measure-ment in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Table 214 lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval (TAC statistics measurement interval)

282 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.9 lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statis-tics measurement interval)


Table 214 lte_TAC_Statistics_Interval (TAC statistics measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name TOP FreqSync statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for TOP FreqSync statistics measurement in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -




Table 215 lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statistics measure-ment interval)

DN0944234 283



24.10 lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync sta-tistics measurement interval)


• LTE891 Timing over Packet with phase syn-chronization

Related features -


References -


Table 215 lte_TOP_FreqSync_Stats_Interval (TOP FreqSync statistics measure-ment interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name TOP PhaseSync statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for TOP PhaseSync statis-tics measurement in minutes.

Acceptable Range is 0/15/30/60/360/720/1440 minutes, where '0' means disabled.

The parameter supports only FSMr3(i.e FSM,FSI,FTIF and FIIF) HW.


Units -

Table 216 lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync statistics measure-ment interval)

284 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.11 lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measure-ment interval)


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





• LTE891 Timing over Packet with phase syn-chronization

Related features -


References -


Table 216 lte_TOP_PhaseSync_Stats_Interval (TOP PhaseSync statistics measure-ment interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Table 217 lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measurement interval)

DN0944234 285



24.12 lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval (VLAN IP statistics measure-ment interval)

Description Measurement interval for TWAMP statistics mea-surement in minutes.




Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 217 lte_TWAMP_Stats_Interval (TWAMP statistics measurement interval)

Parameter name VLAN IP statistics measurement interval

Table 218 lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval (VLAN IP statistics measurement interval)

286 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

Abbreviated name lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for VLAN IP Statistics mea-surement in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 218 lte_VLAN_IP_Stats_Interval (VLAN IP statistics measurement interval)

DN0944234 287



24.13 lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval (VLAN PHB statistics mea-surement interval)

Parameter name VLAN PHB statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for VLAN PHB Statistics measurement in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Table 219 lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval (VLAN PHB statistics measurement interval)

288 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters

24.14 lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval (VLAN IF statistics measurement interval)


Table 219 lte_VLAN_PHB_Stats_Interval (VLAN PHB statistics measurement inter-val) (Cont.)

Parameter name VLAN IF statistics measurement interval

Abbreviated name lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description Measurement interval for VLAN interface statistics measurement in minutes.



Units -


gui ==> internal

disabled ==> 0

15min ==> 15

30min ==> 30

60min ==> 60

360min ==> 360

720min ==> 720

1440min ==> 1440



Related functions -





Related features -

Table 220 lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval (VLAN IF statistics measurement interval)

DN0944234 289



24.15 pmTnlId (Identifier of the performance management con-figuration)


References -


Table 220 lte_VLAN_Stats_Interval (VLAN IF statistics measurement interval) (Cont.)

Parameter name Identifier of the performance management configu-ration

Abbreviated name pmTnlId

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the performance manage-ment measurement configuration within BTS Transport. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units number



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Table 221 pmTnlId (Identifier of the performance management configuration)

290 DN0944234



PMTNL Parameters


Table 221 pmTnlId (Identifier of the performance management configuration) (Cont.)

DN0944234 291

Transmission Parameters PPTT Parameters


25 PPTT Parameters

25.1 administrativeState (Administrative state)

Parameter name Administrative state


3GPP name -

Managed Object PPTT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter is used to lock and unlock the PDH interface.

Locking the interface deactivates it. All alarms and any user data transfer on the interface is then sup-pressed.


Units -


gui ==> internal

locked ==> 0

unlocked ==> 1

Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE 707 2xGE + 4xE1/T1/JT1 + ToP + Sync Ethernet FlexiBTS Transport Sub-module FTIB

• LTE710 Synchronization from PDH interface

Related features -


References -


Table 222 administrativeState (Administrative state)

292 DN0944234



PPTT Parameters

25.2 pdhLbo (PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenua-tion))

Parameter name PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenuation)

Abbreviated name pdhLbo

3GPP name -

Managed Object PPTT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the attenuation for the signal from the transmitter.

All attenuation values are specified in dB at 772 kHz. This parameter is only supported on T1 inter-faces.

Range PDH_LBO_0 (1), PDH_LBO_7_5 (2), PDH_LBO_15 (3)

Units -


gui ==> internal

PDH_LBO_0 ==> 1

PDH_LBO_7_5 ==> 2

PDH_LBO_15 ==> 3

Default value PDH_LBO_0 (1)


Related functions -






Related features -


References -


Table 223 pdhLbo (PDH line build out (transmitter signal attenuation))

DN0944234 293



25.3 pdhLineType (PDH line type)

Parameter name PDH line type

Abbreviated name pdhLineType

3GPP name -

Managed Object PPTT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the frame format of the PDH signal for a physical PDH interface of the unit.

For E1 the possible values are:

- DOUBLEFRAME or

- MULTIFRAME.

For T1 the only possible value is:

- EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME.

For JT1 the only possible value is:

- EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME.

Range PDH_LINE_TYPE_DOUBLE_FRAME_G704 (1), PDH_LINE_TYPE_MULTI_FRAME_G704 (2), PDH_LINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME (8), PDH_LINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME (11)

Units -


gui ==> internal

PDH_LINE_TYPE_DOUBLE_FRAME_G704 ==> 1

PDH_LINE_TYPE_MULTI_FRAME_G704 ==> 2

PDH_LINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME ==> 8

PDH_LINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME ==> 11

Default value -

Default value notes Default for the E1 interface:- PDH_LINE_TYPE_MULTI_FRAME_G704

Related functions -




Table 224 pdhLineType (PDH line type)

294 DN0944234



PPTT Parameters

25.4 pdhPSTTPId (PDH interface identifier)



Related features -


References -


Table 224 pdhLineType (PDH line type) (Cont.)

Parameter name PDH interface identifier

Abbreviated name pdhPSTTPId

3GPP name -

Managed Object PPTT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the PDH interface.

Format: unit#-if#

where

unit# = slot number of the unit containing the PDH interfaces, and

if# = the interface number of the physical interface on the unit

and

for FTIB/FTLB,

unit#: 1 : This is always 1, since there is only 1 slot.

if#: 1..4

for FTIF (optional outdoor external Transport module) and FIIF (optional indoor external Trans-port module),

unit#: 1 : The slot number is '1', since this is an additional unit

if#: 1..8 : Value range is 1..8 for IF1..IF8 on this unit

Range 3...4

Table 225 pdhPSTTPId (PDH interface identifier)

DN0944234 295



Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -






Related features -


References -

Validation pattern 1-([1-9]|1[0-6])

Table 225 pdhPSTTPId (PDH interface identifier) (Cont.)

296 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

26 QOS Parameters

26.1 dscpMap (Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and PCP bits)

Parameter name Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and PCP bits

Abbreviated name dscpMap

3GPP name -

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 64

Description This tables maps Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) values to Per Hop Behaviours (PHB) and VLAN priority bit (PCP) values.

The table has as most 64 entries, one for each possible DSCP value. For non-configured DSCP values, the following defaults are used:

dscp: not configured

pHB: Best Effort

vlanPrio: 0.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • dscp • pHB • vlanPrio




Related options -



References -


Table 226 dscpMap (Table for mapping DSCPs to PHBs and PCP bits)

DN0944234 297

Transmission Parameters QOS Parameters


26.2 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value)

26.3 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour)

Parameter name Diff Serve Code Point value


3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies a Diff Servce Code Point value.

Range 0... 63

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 227 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value)

Parameter name Per Hop Behaviour

Abbreviated name pHB

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Table 228 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour)

298 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

Description This parameter designates a per hop behaviour wird drop precedence within the PHB class group for Assured Forwarding (AF) or the PHB classes Best Effort (BE) or Expedited Forwarding (EF).

4 PHB classes are defined within the Assured For-warding group (AF1 to AF4) and three drop prece-dences within each class. Within each class the drop precedence is as follows: 1 (e.g. AF41) = low drop precedence, 2 (e.g. AF42) = medium drop pre-cedence and 3 ( e.g. AF43) = high drop prece-dence.

Range expeditedForwarding (0), assuredForwardingClass43 (1), assuredForwardingClass42 (2), assuredForwardingClass41 (3), assuredForwardingClass33 (4), assuredForwardingClass32 (5), assuredForwardingClass31 (6), assuredForwardingClass23 (7), assuredForwardingClass22 (8), assuredForwardingClass21 (9), assuredForwardingClass13 (10), assuredForwardingClass12 (11), assuredForwardingClass11 (12), bestEffort (13)

Units -


gui ==> internal

expeditedForwarding ==> 0

assuredForwardingClass43 ==> 1












bestEffort ==> 13

Default value -


Table 228 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour) (Cont.)

DN0944234 299



26.4 vlanPrio (VLAN priority bits)

Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 228 pHB (Per Hop Behaviour) (Cont.)

Parameter name VLAN priority bits

Abbreviated name vlanPrio

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the value of the VLAN priority bits for a given DSCP value.

Range 0... 7

Units -



Default value 0


Related functions -




Related options -


Table 229 vlanPrio (VLAN priority bits)

300 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

26.5 enablePhbCounters (PHB counters enabling flag)


References -


Table 229 vlanPrio (VLAN priority bits) (Cont.)

Parameter name PHB counters enabling flag

Abbreviated name enablePhbCounters

3GPP name -

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 1

Description PHB class counters shall only be available when this parameter is enabled.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the PHB counters shall not be reported.

Related functions -




Related options -

Related features • LTE806 Performance CounterPlus Package for Transport I

Interfaces • EM <-> LTE BTS • RAC <-> LTE BTS • RACApp <-> RAC

References -


Table 230 enablePhbCounters (PHB counters enabling flag)

DN0944234 301



26.6 perHopBehaviourWeightList (Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list)

Parameter name Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list

Abbreviated name perHopBehaviourWeightList

3GPP name -

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 1

Description This is a set of 5 weight values for the traffic queues associated to the Per Hop Behaviours:

- Assured Forwarding 4 (AF4)




- Best Effort (BE.

Weight value range is between 1 and 10.000.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • assuredForwardingClass1 • assuredForwardingClass2 • assuredForwardingClass3 • assuredForwardingClass4 • bestEffort




Related options -



References -


Table 231 perHopBehaviourWeightList (Per Hop Behaviour queue weight list)

302 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

26.7 assuredForwardingClass1 (Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight Value)


Parameter name Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight Value

Abbreviated name assuredForwardingClass1

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the weight value of the traffic queue associ-ated to the Per Hop Behaviour Assured Forwarding Class 1 (AF1).

Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 10


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 232 assuredForwardingClass1 (Assured Forwarding Class 1 Weight Value)



3GPP name -


DN0944234 303




Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1


Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 100


Related functions -




Related options -



References -





3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1


Range 1... 10000


304 DN0944234



QOS Parameters


Units -



Default value 1000


Related functions -




Related options -



References -





3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1


Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 10000


Related functions -


DN0944234 305



26.11 bestEffort (Best Effort Weight Value)




Related options -



References -



Parameter name Best Effort Weight Value

Abbreviated name bestEffort

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the weight value of the traffic queue associ-ated to the Per Hop Behaviour Best Effort (BE).

Range 1... 10000

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -




Related options -


Table 236 bestEffort (Best Effort Weight Value)

306 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

26.12 qosId (Quality of Service configuration identifier)


References -


Table 236 bestEffort (Best Effort Weight Value) (Cont.)

Parameter name Quality of Service configuration identifier

Abbreviated name qosId

3GPP name -

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies BTS transport Quality of Service (QOS) configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 237 qosId (Quality of Service configuration identifier)

DN0944234 307



26.13 sseDscpOverwrite (Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages)

26.14 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs)

Parameter name Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages

Abbreviated name sseDscpOverwrite

3GPP name -

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies if the DSCP value is over-written in outgoing Site Support Equipment (SSE) messages. The new DSCP value itself is specified in parameter trafficTypesMap.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default the original DSCP value is kept.

Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 238 sseDscpOverwrite (Overwrite DSCP in SSE messages)

Parameter name Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs

Abbreviated name trafficTypesMap

3GPP name -

Table 239 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs)

308 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

Managed Object QOS

Multiplicity 22

Description This tables maps traffic types to DSCP values.

In this release the table contains entries for

- Control plane traffic

- ICMP traffic

- IPSec IKE traffic

- Management plane traffic

- Synchronization plane traffic

- BFD1 to BFD16

- Site support equipment (SSE).

The default mapping is as follows:

TrafficType DSCP (PHB)

----------------------------------

CPLANE: 46 (EF)

ICMP: 10 (AF11)

IKE: 34 (AF41)

MPLANE: 34 (AF41)

SPLANE: 46 (EF)

BFD1 to BFD16: 34 (AF41)

SSE: 10 (AF11)


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • dscp • trafficType






Table 239 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs) (Cont.)

DN0944234 309



26.15 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value)


References -


Table 239 trafficTypesMap (Table for mapping traffic types to DSCPs) (Cont.)

Parameter name Diff Serve Code Point value


3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) codes that the eNB should use for a specific traffic type.

Range 0... 63

Units -



Default value -

Default value notes The defaults are as follows:CPLANE: 46ICMP: 10IKE: 34MPLANE: 34SPLANE: 46BFD1 to BFD16: 34SSE: 10

Related functions -







References -


Table 240 dscp (Diff Serve Code Point value)

310 DN0944234



QOS Parameters

26.16 trafficType (Traffic type name)

Parameter name Traffic type name

Abbreviated name trafficType

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies a traffic type.

Allowed values are:

CPLANE: Signalling transport (C-plane) between eNB and MME (S1AP protocol) and signalling transport between eNB nodes (X2AP protocol).

ICMP: ICMP traffic with high and low priority.

IKE: IPSec IKE traffic.

MPLANE: Transport of O&M data between eNB and the OPS System with high and low priority.

SPLANE: Synchronization plane traffic (Timing over Packet)

BFD(BFD1 to BFD16): Bidirectional Forwarding Detection

SSE: Site Support Equipment

Range 1...11

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -







Table 241 trafficType (Traffic type name)

DN0944234 311



References -


Table 241 trafficType (Traffic type name) (Cont.)

312 DN0944234



STPG Parameters

27 STPG Parameters

27.1 synchroSourceList (The synchronization sources of the BTS)

Parameter name The synchronization sources of the BTS

Abbreviated name synchroSourceList

3GPP name -

Managed Object STPG

Multiplicity 2

Description This is the list of synchronization sources of the BTS. Up to 2 clock sources can be configured.


-

Default value -


Related functions -

Child parameters • clockProtocol • interfaceNumber • priority • ssmEnabled • ssmTimeout • unitNumber




Related options • LTE710 Synchronization from PDH interface • LTE134 Timing over Packet • LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet • LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal

Related features -


References -


Table 242 synchroSourceList (The synchronization sources of the BTS)

DN0944234 313

Transmission Parameters STPG Parameters


27.2 clockProtocol (Protocol of the clock source)

Parameter name Protocol of the clock source

Abbreviated name clockProtocol

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the protocol of this clock source: PDH, synchronuous Ethernet, Time over Packet or the external clock.

Range clkPDH (1), clkSyncE (3), clkToP (4)

Units -


gui ==> internal

clkPDH ==> 1

clkSyncE ==> 3

clkToP ==> 4

Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE134 Timing over Packet • LTE710 Synchronization from PDH interface • LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal • LTE644 Configurable cell trace content

Related features -


References -


Table 243 clockProtocol (Protocol of the clock source)

314 DN0944234



STPG Parameters

27.3 interfaceNumber (Interface number of recovered clock source)

Parameter name Interface number of recovered clock source

Abbreviated name interfaceNumber

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies either

- the physical location of the PDH interface location on the unit for a PDH synchronization source, or

- the physical location of the ethernet interface of the unit for a Timing Over Packet (TOP) synchroni-zation source, or

- the physical location of the ethernet interface of the unit for the synchronous Ethernet synchroniza-tion source.

In case the external clock is selected as synchroni-zation source the parameter is ignored by the BTS. Recommended value is 0 in this case.

Examples:

interfaceNumber=1, unitNumber=1, clockProto-col=clkPDH: This means PDH interface number 1 on unit 1.

interfaceNumber=1, unitNumber=1, clockProto-col=clkSyncE: This means Ethernet interface number 1 on unit 1.

Range 0... 8

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -


Table 244 interfaceNumber (Interface number of recovered clock source)

DN0944234 315



27.4 priority (Clock source priority)

Related parameters clockProtocol of STPG - For physical interfaces, the interfaceNumber also depends on the clock protocol selected.

unitNumber of STPG - For physical interfaces, the interfaceNumber depends on the referenced unitNumber.

Parameter relationships For physical interfaces, the interfaceNumber should be considered in conjunction with the unit-Number and the clockProtocol, since the available interfaces depend on the referenced unit, and the selected clock protocol.

Related options • LTE710 Synchronization from PDH interface • LTE134 Timing over Packet • LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal • LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet

Related features -


References -


Table 244 interfaceNumber (Interface number of recovered clock source) (Cont.)

Parameter name Clock source priority

Abbreviated name priority

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter determines the priority in which the clock sources of the BTS are to be taken into use. Value 1 ist highest priority: this clock source will be taken first.

Range 1... 2

Units -



Default value -

Table 245 priority (Clock source priority)

316 DN0944234



STPG Parameters

27.5 ssmEnabled (SSM enabling flag)


Related functions -




Related options • LTE134 Timing over Packet • LTE710 Synchronization from PDH interface • LTE711 Synchronization from 2.048MHz signal • LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet

Related features -


References -


Table 245 priority (Clock source priority) (Cont.)

Parameter name SSM enabling flag

Abbreviated name ssmEnabled

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter enables SSM support (Synchroni-zation Status Message) for Synchronuous Ether-net.


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes By default SSM support is enabled.

Related functions -




Table 246 ssmEnabled (SSM enabling flag)

DN0944234 317



27.6 ssmTimeout (SSM message timeout)

Related options • LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet

Related features -


References -


Table 246 ssmEnabled (SSM enabling flag) (Cont.)

Parameter name SSM message timeout

Abbreviated name ssmTimeout

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the maximum duration in seconds for which the actual SSM value may be less than ssmPRC clock quality. If the duration is surpassed, an alarm will be raised.

Range 2... 10

Units seconds



Default value 5


Related functions -




Related options • LTE713 Synchronous Ethernet

Related features -


References -


Table 247 ssmTimeout (SSM message timeout)

318 DN0944234



STPG Parameters

27.7 unitNumber (Unit Number of clock source interface)

Parameter name Unit Number of clock source interface

Abbreviated name unitNumber

3GPP name -

Managed Object -

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the location of the unit providing the synchronisation source interface.

NOTE: unitNumber parameter is not required at all when clockProtocol parameter has value clkTop. For ToP sync source unitNumber shall be 0 for FTIF,FIIF,FSM,FSI. For syncE sources FTIF & FIIF units will support both values 0 and 1. The unit number of PDH synchronization source must be 1. This validation rule is valid for all unit types which support PDH interfaces and when clockProtocol parameter has value clkPDH. PDH synchronization source is not supported in FTOA, FSM, FSI.

Range 0... 1

Units -



Default value 1


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 248 unitNumber (Unit Number of clock source interface)

DN0944234 319



27.8 timingGenPgId (Synchronisation protection group identi-fier)

Parameter name Synchronisation protection group identifier

Abbreviated name timingGenPgId

3GPP name -

Managed Object STPG

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the synchronisation pro-tection group. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 249 timingGenPgId (Synchronisation protection group identifier)

320 DN0944234



SYNC Parameters

28 SYNC Parameters

28.1 syncId (Clock synchronization configuration identifier)

Parameter name Clock synchronization configuration identifier

Abbreviated name syncId

3GPP name -

Managed Object SYNC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the clock synchronization configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 250 syncId (Clock synchronization configuration identifier)

DN0944234 321

Transmission Parameters TAC Parameters


29 TAC Parameters

29.1 tacId (TAC identifier)

Parameter name TAC identifier

Abbreviated name tacId

3GPP name -

Managed Object TAC

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the MO instance for trans-port admission control for LTE. The parameter supports FTLB and FTIB HW.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 251 tacId (TAC identifier)

322 DN0944234



TOPB Parameters

30 TOPB Parameters

30.1 topbId (Time over Packet common configuration identi-fier)

Parameter name Time over Packet common configuration identifier

Abbreviated name topbId

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPB

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet common configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE891 Timing over Packet with phase syn-chronization

• LTE134 Timing over Packet

Related features -


References -


Table 252 topbId (Time over Packet common configuration identifier)

DN0944234 323

Transmission Parameters TOPF Parameters


31 TOPF Parameters

31.1 actTopFreqSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchronization)

31.2 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value)

Parameter name Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchroniza-tion

Abbreviated name actTopFreqSynch

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with frequency synchronization".


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes This feature is disabled by default.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE134 Timing over Packet

Related features -


References -


Table 253 actTopFreqSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with freq synchronization)

Parameter name Log mean synchronization value

Abbreviated name logMeanSyncValue

Table 254 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value)

324 DN0944234



TOPF Parameters

31.3 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPF

Multiplicity 1

Description This indicates how often a ToP sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.)

The following values are defined:

-3: 8 per second

-4: 16 per second

-5: 32 per second

Range -5... -3

Units -



Default value -4

Default value notes This means 16 per second.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 254 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value) (Cont.)

Parameter name IP address of the ToP master

Abbreviated name masterIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPF

Multiplicity 1

Table 255 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)

DN0944234 325

Transmission Parameters TOPF Parameters


31.4 topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier)

Description This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format. The parameter must be configured if actTopFreqSynch = TRUE.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -


Related parameters actTopFreqSynch of TOPF - masterIpAddr must be configured if actTop-FreqSynch = TRUE.



Related features -


References -


Table 255 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) (Cont.)

Parameter name Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier

Abbreviated name topId

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPF

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet fre-quency sync configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -

Table 256 topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier)

326 DN0944234



TOPF Parameters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 256 topId (Time over Packet freq sync configuration identifier) (Cont.)

DN0944234 327

Transmission Parameters TOPP Parameters


32 TOPP Parameters

32.1 actTopPhaseSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase synchronization)

32.2 logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate)

Parameter name Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase synchroni-zation

Abbreviated name actTopPhaseSynch

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter activates/deactivates the feature "ToP with phase synchronization".


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1


Default value notes This feature is disabled by default.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 257 actTopPhaseSynch (Feature Activation Flag ToP with phase synchronization)

Parameter name Delay Request message rate

Table 258 logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate)

328 DN0944234



TOPP Parameters

32.3 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync)

Abbreviated name logDelayReqValue

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This indicates how often a Delay Request messages shall be sent by a ToP slave to the ToP master.


-3: 8 per second

-4: 16 per second

-5: 32 per second

-6: 64 per second

-7: 128 per second

Range -7... 0

Units -



Default value -7

Default value notes This means 128 messages per second.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 258 logDelayReqValue (Delay Request message rate) (Cont.)

Parameter name Log mean synchronization value for phase sync

Table 259 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync)

DN0944234 329



32.4 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)

Abbreviated name logMeanSyncValue

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This indicates how often a ToP phase sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration request period. (The transmission duration request period is currently fixed to 300 seconds.)


-3: 32 per second

-4: 64 per second

-5: 128 per second

Range -5... -3

Units -



Default value -5

Default value notes This means 128 per second.

Related functions -




Related options • LTE134 Timing over Packet • LTE891 Timing over Packet with phase syn-

chronization

Related features -


References -


Table 259 logMeanSyncValue (Log mean synchronization value for phase sync)

Parameter name IP address of the ToP master

Table 260 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master)

330 DN0944234



TOPP Parameters

32.5 topComMode (ToP communication mode selector)

Abbreviated name masterIpAddr

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format.

Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 260 masterIpAddr (IP address of the ToP master) (Cont.)

Parameter name ToP communication mode selector

Abbreviated name topComMode

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter is used to select between ToP over Ethernet/multicast mode or ToP over IP/unicast mode for the eNB running in TDD mode.

Range ETHERNET_MULTICAST (0), IP_UNICAST (1)

Table 261 topComMode (ToP communication mode selector)

DN0944234 331



32.6 topEif (ToP Ethernet interface)

Units -


gui ==> internal

ETHERNET_MULTICAST ==> 0

IP_UNICAST ==> 1

Default value ETHERNET_MULTICAST (0)

Default value notes Ethernet/multicast mode shall be the default for eNB in TDD mode.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 261 topComMode (ToP communication mode selector) (Cont.)

Parameter name ToP Ethernet interface

Abbreviated name topEif

3GPP name -

Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Table 262 topEif (ToP Ethernet interface)

332 DN0944234



TOPP Parameters

32.7 toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identi-fier)

Description This parameter indicates which of the BTS Gigabit Ethernet transport interfaces is used for ToP with phase synchronization.

Format: "FTM-1/ETHLK-#-#"

where

FTM-1: = a parent instance of object class ETHLK, This is always 1 (static MO)

ETHLK-#-# = an instance of object class ETHLK

Also see ETHLK::ethLinkId.

Example: FTM-1/ETHLK-1-1

Range 0...40

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -

Validation pattern FTM-1/ETHLK-(0-[1-5]|1-[1-4])

Table 262 topEif (ToP Ethernet interface) (Cont.)

Parameter name Time over Packet phase sync configuration identi-fier

Abbreviated name toppId

3GPP name -

Table 263 toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identifier)

DN0944234 333



Managed Object TOPP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet phase sync configuration. The value is always 1.

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options • LTE610 ToP resiliency • LTE134 Timing over Packet

Related features -


References -


Table 263 toppId (Time over Packet phase sync configuration identifier) (Cont.)

334 DN0944234



TWAMP Parameters

33 TWAMP Parameters

33.1 administrativeState (Lock or unlock a TWAMP session)

Parameter name Lock or unlock a TWAMP session


3GPP name -

Managed Object TWAMP

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter locks or unlocks the TWAMP session. Locking a session stops it. Unlocking a session starts or re-starts it.

Starting or re-starting a session clears all statistics and alarms for the session. Stopping a session clears TWAMP alarms but not TWAMP statistics.




Units -


gui ==> internal

locked ==> 0

unlocked ==> 1

Default value locked (0)

Default value notes By default the TWAMP session is locked.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 264 administrativeState (Lock or unlock a TWAMP session)

DN0944234 335

Transmission Parameters TWAMP Parameters


33.2 destIpAddress (TWAMP session destination IP address)

Parameter name TWAMP session destination IP address

Abbreviated name destIpAddress

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the destination IP address of the TWAMP session. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its destination IP address can be changed. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -

Modification Requires object locking

Related parameters administrativeState of TWAMP - The TWAMP session must be locked, before its destination IP address can be changed (set admin-istrativeState to "locked")



Related features -


References -


Table 265 destIpAddress (TWAMP session destination IP address)

336 DN0944234



TWAMP Parameters

33.3 destPort (TWAMP session destination port)

33.4 dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission)

Parameter name TWAMP session destination port

Abbreviated name destPort

3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the destination port for TWAMP initiator messages. Changeing the desti-nation port of the TWAMP session requires locking the session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 65535

Units -



Default value 5000


Related functions -

Modification Requires object locking

Related parameters administrativeState of TWAMP - Changing the destination port of the session requires locking it.



Related features -


References -


Table 266 destPort (TWAMP session destination port)

Parameter name DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission

Table 267 dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission)

DN0944234 337



33.5 messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size)


3GPP name -


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the DSCP value to be used for transmission of TWAMP messages over the session. The corresponding mapping to a Per Hop Behavior priority queue is contained in table trafficTypesMap of the QOS managed object class. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 0... 63

Units -



Default value 34

Default value notes The default DSCP value maps to Per Hop Behav-iour Assured Forwarding Class 4 (AF4).

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 267 dscp (DSCP value for TWAMP message transmission) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP initiator message size

Abbreviated name messageSize

3GPP name -

Table 268 messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size)

338 DN0944234



TWAMP Parameters

33.6 plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold)


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the size of the TWAMP messages sent by the TWAMP initiator on this session.

The value of the parameter shall not exceed the Maximum Transfer Unit value of the BTS and the configured TWAMP message source address must be identical with one of the configured eNB applica-tion or interface IP addresses (if different addresses are used, one might need additional routing entries). The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 69... 1400

Units -



Default value 100

Default value notes Default value is 100 octets.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 268 messageSize (TWAMP initiator message size) (Cont.)

Parameter name Packet loss ratio alarm threshold

Abbreviated name plrAlarmThreshold

3GPP name -


Table 269 plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold)

DN0944234 339



33.7 rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold)

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive packet loss ratio (PRL).

The alarm is raised, if the packet loss ratio observed over a 15 minute evalutation period exceeds the threshold value. The alarm will be cleared if the packet loss ratio drops below the threshold value for 2 consecutive 15-minute obser-vation periods. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 0... 100

Units %


internal_value = gui_value * 100

Default value 100

Default value notes Default value is 100 percent. This means the alarm is only raised if packet loss = 100%.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 269 plrAlarmThreshold (Packet loss ratio alarm threshold) (Cont.)

Parameter name Round-trip-time alarm threshold

Abbreviated name rttAlarmThreshold

3GPP name -

Table 270 rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold)

340 DN0944234



TWAMP Parameters

33.8 sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address)


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the threshold for raising the TWAMP session alarm for reasons of excessive round-trip-time (RTT).

The alarm is raised if the average round-trip-time of the TWAMP messages, calculated during a 1-minute evaluation period, exceeds the configured threshold. The alarm will be cleared, if during 5 con-secutive 1-minute periods the average value of the RTT remains below the threshold.The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.

Range 0... 1000000

Units us




Default value notes Default value is 1 second.

Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 270 rttAlarmThreshold (Round-trip-time alarm threshold) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP initiator messages source IP address

Abbreviated name sourceIpAddress

3GPP name -

Table 271 sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address)

DN0944234 341



33.9 twampId (TWAMP session identifier)


Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter specifies the source IP address of TWAMP initiator messages. The TWAMP session must be locked, before its source IP address can be changed. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 7...15

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -


Related parameters administrativeState of TWAMP - The TWAMP session must be locked, before its source IP address can be changed (set administra-tiveState to "locked").



Related features -


References -


Table 271 sourceIpAddress (TWAMP initiator messages source IP address) (Cont.)

Parameter name TWAMP session identifier

Abbreviated name twampId

3GPP name -


Table 272 twampId (TWAMP session identifier)

342 DN0944234



TWAMP Parameters

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter identifies a TWAMP session. The parameter supports FTLB,FTIB,FSM,FTIF,FQGA and FQBA HW.


Range 1... 10

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -





Related features -


References -


Table 272 twampId (TWAMP session identifier) (Cont.)

DN0944234 343

Transmission Parameters UNIT Parameters


34 UNIT Parameters

34.1 enableRP301Interface (Enable RP3-01 interface)

34.2 unitId (UNIT identifier)

Parameter name Enable RP3-01 interface

Abbreviated name enableRP301Interface

3GPP name -

Managed Object UNIT

Multiplicity 1

Description Configure and designate EIF2(Out-door)/EIF5(Indoor) in the BTS as an RP3-01 inter-face


Units -


• false => 0 • true => 1



Related functions -




Related options -

Related features -


References -


Table 273 enableRP301Interface (Enable RP3-01 interface)

Parameter name UNIT identifier

Abbreviated name unitId

3GPP name -

Table 274 unitId (UNIT identifier)

344 DN0944234



UNIT Parameters

34.3 unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type)

Managed Object UNIT

Multiplicity 1

Description This parameter holds the slot number of the hardware unit of BTS transport. The value is always 1 (only 1 slot is available).

Range 1... 1

Units -



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 274 unitId (UNIT identifier) (Cont.)

Parameter name Installed hardware unit type

Abbreviated name unitTypeActual

3GPP name -

Managed Object UNIT

Multiplicity 1

Table 275 unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type)

DN0944234 345

Transmission Parameters UNIT Parameters


34.4 unitTypeExpected (Expected hardware unit type)

Description This parameter shows the hardware type of the installed Transport unit.

Values are:

System Module Release 2:

FTIB: 471720A

FTLB: 471984A


FSMF/FSMG: FSM

FSIF/FSIG: FSI

FTIF: 472311A

FIIF: 472355A

Range 3...7

Units characters



Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -


Interfaces • LTE BTS -> EM • LTE BTS <-> RAC

References -


Table 275 unitTypeActual (Installed hardware unit type) (Cont.)

Parameter name Expected hardware unit type

Abbreviated name unitTypeExpected

3GPP name -

Managed Object UNIT

Multiplicity 1

Table 276 unitTypeExpected (Expected hardware unit type)

346 DN0944234



UNIT Parameters

Description This parameter specifies the type of the Transport hardware unit that is expected to be installed.

Values are:


FTIB: 471720A

FTLB: 471984A


FSMF/FSMG: FSM

FSIF/FSIG: FSI

FTIF: 472311A

FIIF: 472355A

Range 471720A (5), 471984A (8), FSM (12), FSI (14), 472311A (16), 472355A (17), 472467A (18), 472621A (19)

Units -


gui ==> internal

471720A ==> 5

471984A ==> 8

FSM ==> 12

FSI ==> 14

472311A ==> 16

472355A ==> 17

472467A ==> 18

472621A ==> 19

Default value -


Related functions -




Related options -



References -


Table 276 unitTypeExpected (Expected hardware unit type) (Cont.)

Documents

prm_transm_param.pdf